entête

Greek Daniel


What is the Greek book of Daniel?

We speak of the Greek book of Daniel because there is a Hebrew book of Daniel, and the two are not identical. To be more precise, in the Greek Daniel, which is a translation of the Hebrew text, there are additions that are absent from the Hebrew Daniel: the prayer of Azariah and the three youths in the midst of the flames (3:24-90), the account of Susanna (13:1-64), and the account of Bel and the Dragon (14:1-42).

Moreover, in the Hebrew Bible, which is divided into three parts, i.e. the Law, the Prophets, and the Writings, the book of Daniel was placed in the Writings section, after the book of Esther and before the book of Ezra; this is somewhat explained by the fact that it was added late to the Hebrew canon. On the other hand, in the Greek version, the book of Daniel was placed in the prophetic texts, after Ezekiel, which created the tradition of the prophet Daniel; but when one considers the content of the book of Daniel where the latter is presented as the one who interprets dreams or has visions, it is difficult to justify such a classification among the prophets, i.e. someone who speaks the word of God to denounce unjust situations or to announce God's salvific intervention to the people

Finally, let us say that Judaism has left us two versions of the Greek text: that of the Septuagint (2nd century BCE), which is shorter, and that of Theodotion (c. 180 CE). Both versions contain the same additions, although the detail of the Greek text diverges.

Composition

Let us first consider the structure of the book. Note that the additions to the Hebrew text are in italics.

Part A: Daniel and his companions facing a pagan world

  1. Presentation of four Jewish deportees, including Daniel (1: 1-21)
    1. Nebuchadnezzar takes Jerusalem and the treasures of the temple, and deports the elite (1: 1-3)
    2. Training of these deportees to be at court (1: 4-5)
    3. Introduction of four Jews, including Daniel, who receive a Babylonian name (1: 6-7)
    4. The four Jews are presented as role models who preserve their food customs in a foreign land (1: 8-16)
    5. Nebuchadnezzar considers them superior to his soothsayers and magicians in wisdom and science (1: 17-20)
    6. Detail about Daniel: he lived until the beginning of the reign of Cyrus (1: 21)

  2. The dream of Nebuchadnezzar on the hybrid statue (2: 1-49)
    1. Dream of Nebuchadnezzar and order to his diviners to tell and interpret the dream (2: 1-13)
      1. Nebuchadnezzar is troubled by a dream (2: 1)
      2. He orders his diviners to tell and explain the dream (2: 2-3)
      3. The Chaldeans ask him to tell the dream (2: 4)
      4. The king reiterates his order by offering either gifts or the death penalty (2: 5-6)
      5. The Chaldeans present the same answer (2: 7)
      6. The king reiterates once again his order with the same conditions (2: 8-9)
      7. The Chaldeans tell the king that his order is impossible (2: 10-11)
      8. The king orders the killing of his soothsayers (2: 12-13)
    2. Daniel's intervention (2: 14-49)
      1. Learning from the chef, Aroch, about the situation, Daniel requests a royal interview (2: 15-16)
      2. Meanwhile, Daniel, his companions and friends pray to God to preserve them from death (2: 17-18)
      3. After having a night vision where everything was revealed to him, Daniel makes a prayer of thanksgiving to God (2: 19-23)
      4. Daniel's meeting with the king (2: 24-49)
        1. Introduction: Daniel asks Aroch to suspend the executions and to introduce him to the king (2: 24)
        2. Daniel first points out to the king that only God can answer what he asks and it is He who is the source of his dream (2: 25-30)
        3. Description of the dream by Daniel: hybrid statue that is crushed (2: 31-35)
        4. Interpretation of the dream by Daniel: succession of kingdoms and arrival of the kingdom of God (2: 36-45)
        5. Conclusion: Nebuchadnezzar recognizes the power of God and gives authority to Daniel and his companions (2: 46-49)

  3. The golden statue (3: 1-33)
    1. Erection of the golden statue and protocol for the dedication (3: 1-6)
    2. Dedication Events (3: 7-12)
      1. The people follow the protocol (3: 7)
      2. The Chaldeans denounce the three Jews to the king for not having followed it (3: 8-12)
    3. Convocation of the three Jews before Nebuchadnezzar (3: 13-23)
      1. Interrogation of the king and request to adore the statue (3: 13-15)
      2. Refusal of the three Jews (3: 16-18)
      3. Condemnation of the three Jews to the furnace of fire (3: 19-20)
      4. They are chained and thrown fully clothed into the fire (21-23)
    4. The three Jews in the furnace of fire (3: 24-90)
      1. The three Jews walk through the flames blessing God (3: 24)
      2. Azariah's prayer (3: 25-45)
        1. Praise for God's justice in punishing the Jews for their sins (3: 25-33)
        2. Calling now for his mercy (3: 34-45)
      3. The king's servants fan the fire to the max (3: 46-48)
      4. Intervention of the angel of God to repel the flames (3: 49-50)
      5. Song of blessing of the three Jews (3: 51-90)
    5. Reaction of Nebuchadnezzar (3: 24-33)
      1. Seeing them singing and without injury, the king expressed his amazement to his advisors (3: 24-25)
      2. The king asks the three Jews to come out of the furnace (3: 26-27)
      3. The king blesses the God who saved those who trusted in him (3: 28)
      4. The king issues a decree forbidding blasphemy to the God of the Jews (3: 29)
      5. The king proclaims to all peoples the great deeds of the Most High God and his eternal kingdom (3: 30-33)

  4. Nebuchadnezzar's dream of a great fallen tree (4: 1-34)
    1. The story of the dream (4: 1-15)
      1. Dream of the king and inability of the soothsayers to interpret it (4: 1-4)
      2. Account of the dream in Daniel (4: 5-15)
    2. Daniel's interpretation of the dream (4: 16-24)
    3. The realization of the dream (4: 25-30)
    4. What happens next (4: 31-34)
      1. Nebuchadnezzar recognizes the lordship of God over the universe: (4: 31-32)
      2. He is restored to his kingdom and praises the God of heaven (4: 33-34)

  5. The feast of King Belshazzar (5: 1-30)
    1. A story of drinking wine from stolen vessels from the temple in Jerusalem, praising the gods (5: 1-4)
    2. Event of the hand that writes on the wall (5: 5)
    3. The aftermath of the event (5: 6-16)
      1. Reaction of the king: distraught, he asks for an interpretation by his soothsayers with the promise of a reward (5: 6-7)
      2. Inability of the diviners to offer an interpretation (5: 8-9)
      3. Intervention of the Queen Mother who proposes Daniel (5: 10-12)
      4. Introduction of Daniel to the king (5: 13-16)
    4. Daniel's intervention (5: 17-28)
      1. Preliminaries: reproaches to the king for having been as proud as his father (5: 17-24)
      2. Interpretation of the event: (5: 25-28)
    5. Conclusion: Daniel becomes 3rd ruler of the kingdom and the king is killed (5: 29-30)

  6. Daniel in the lion's den (6: 1-29)
    1. Introduction: organization of the kingdom where Daniel plays an important role, arousing the envy of others (6: 1-4)
    2. The satraps lead the king to issue an edict forbidding all prayer, except that addressed to the king (6: 5-10)
    3. Having spied on him, the satraps surprised Daniel praying to God and denounced him to the king, who had him thrown into the lions' den (6: 11-19)
    4. In the early morning, the king discovers Daniel still alive, the angel of God having closed the lions' mouths, and immediately orders his release (6: 20-24)
    5. Conclusion: the king condemns Daniel's accusers to death, then sends a letter to all the principalities of his kingdom acknowledging the strength of Daniel's God, the only living God, who saved him (6: 25-29)

Part B: Daniel's dreams and visions

  1. Daniel's dream of the four beasts (7: 1-28)
    1. Daniel's Dream (7: 1-15)
    2. Interpretation of the dream by an angel (7: 16-27)
    3. Conclusion (7: 28)

  2. Daniel's dream of the ram and the goat (8: 1-27)
    1. Daniel's Dream (8: 1-14)
    2. Interpretation of the dream by the angel Gabriel (8: 15-26)
    3. Conclusion (8: 27)

  3. Daniel's vision of the time of the desolation of Jerusalem and the following (9: 1-27)
    1. Daniel understands through Jeremiah what will happen next (9: 1-2)
    2. Daniel addresses a prayer to God, recognizing the sin of the people, he appeals to His mercy (9: 3-19)
    3. Interpretation of the vision of Daniel by the angel Gabriel (9: 20-27)

  4. Daniel's vision of political history and the end of days (10: 1 – 12: 13)
    1. Revelation of a word to David (10: 1-9)
    2. Intervention of an angel who invites him to get up and not to be afraid (10: 10-15)
    3. Vision of a son of man who invites him not to be afraid (10: 16-21)
    4. Revelation of a sequence of political events (11: 1-45)
    5. Revelation of the tribulations of the end times (12: 1-13)

  5. Susanna's story (13: 1-64)
    1. Introduction: the rich Ioakim and his wife Susanna (13: 1-4)
    2. Context: two elderly Jews are appointed judges and, frequenting Ioakim's gardens, begin to secretly desire Susanna (13: 5-14)
    3. Action: one day they surprise Susanna alone, ask her to sleep with them under penalty of falsely accusing her of adultery with a young man (13: 15-21)
    4. Accusation: in front of Susanna's refusal, they proceed with the false accusation (13: 22-27)
    5. Susanna's trial: the two elders tell their false story, and when Susanna is condemned to death, she cries her innocence to God (13: 28-44)
    6. Daniel's intervention: he criticizes the court for condemning someone without an investigation and asks to start the trial again (13: 45-49)
    7. Second trial (13: 50-62):
      1. Daniel asks to interview the two elders separately (13: 50-51)
      2. Interrogation of the first: he saw the culprits under a mastic tree (13: 52-55)
      3. Interrogation of the second: he saw the culprits under a green oak tree (13: 56-59)
      4. Sentence: the assembly condemns the two elders to the death penalty (13: 60-62)
    8. Conclusion (13: 63-64): Thanksgiving for Susanna's parents and husband, and Daniel makes a name for himself

  6. Story of Bel and the Dragon (14: 1-42)
    1. Story around the god Bel (14: 1-22)
      1. Introduction: Daniel is an important person in the king's court and the Babylonians worshipped the god Bel whom they fed (14: 1-3)
      2. Challenged by Daniel who refuses to believe that Bel really eats the food he is given, the king threatens the priests with death if Daniel is right, otherwise it is the latter who will die (14: 4-9)
      3. Preparations: the priests of Bel withdraw from the sanctuary, the king brings the food, and before sealing the door, Daniel scatters ashes (14: 10-14)
      4. Night action: priests enter with their families through a back door to eat the food (14: 15)
      5. Observation: in the morning, the door is still sealed, but on opening the door, Daniel points out to the king the footprints on the floor (14: 16-20)
      6. Conclusion: the king condemns the priests and their families to death (14: 21-22) and Daniel has the temple of Bel destroyed
    2. Story around the Dragon (14: 23-42)
      1. Introduction: the Babylonians worship a great Dragon (14: 23)
      2. With the permission of the king who considers him a living god, Daniel offers him food that kills him (14: 24-27)
      3. Furious, the population accuses the king of having become a Jew and asks him for Daniel's head, which he does (14: 28-30)
      4. Daniel in the lion's den (14: 31-42)
        1. He remains for six days in the pit (14: 31-32)
        2. The prophet Habakkuk is carried in the air by an angel of Judea to the pit to feed Daniel (14: 33-37)
        3. Daniel eats while giving thanks (14: 38-39)
        4. On the seventh day, finding Daniel still alive, the king celebrates the greatness of God
      5. Conclusion: those who demanded Daniel's head are thrown into the lion's den

As we have seen in examining this structure, the book of Daniel is a hodgepodge of different narratives. Even if we forget for a moment the additions (in italics) of the Greek version, we notice two quite different parts.

  1. Partie A
    • Daniel's companions, Hananiah, Azariah and Mishael, play a role almost as important as he does: in ch. 1 they are inseparable from Daniel and behave in the same way, and in ch. 3 they are the only actors, while Daniel is totally absent.

    • Moreover, Daniel is known for his ability to interpret dreams, and thus he interprets three dreams of Nebuchadnezzar (chs. 2, 3 and 4), and the mysterious event of the hand that writes at Belshazzar's feast (ch. 5)

    • This part is didactic: Daniel and his companions are presented as models to be followed, who would rather die than compromise their religious convictions, keeping their dietary customs, considering all statues as idols made with human hands and refusing all worship except to the living God; it aims at edifying Jews of the diaspora struggling with the surrounding pagan world

    • One might add that this part also has an apologetic note, showing the superiority of Daniel's living God over all the powerless idols, proclaiming that God is the Lord of the whole universe. All this leads to a certain proselytizing, for even the pagan king is led to proclaim the great deeds and the Lordship of Daniel's God

  2. Partie B
    • Daniel is no longer the one who has the gift of interpreting dreams; instead, he needs an angel

    • It is he who has visions or dreams

    • Daniel is no longer presented as a model in a pagan environment, ready to die for his convictions

    • The whole atmosphere is apocalyptic: everything is centered on the revelation of the meaning of history, especially the castrophes and the difficult moments, including the time of the last days

The only common thread in all these different stories is the person of Daniel. But who is this Daniel? The earliest mention of Daniel's name is related to a Phoenician king of the 14th century BC (NRSV, p. 1754) who appears in a text from Ugarit (c. 1360) and made his will known through dreams and visions. He appears there as a righteous man and a wise man, and it is as a righteous man that he reappears in Ezekiel (14:14) alongside Noah and Job as a model of a foreigner who was saved because of his righteousness, not because he was a member of the Jewish people; Ezekiel presents him as the model par excellence of the wise man (28:3). Now, it is under the features of the wise man that Daniel and his companions are presented (1: 4.17; 20; 2: 14; etc.) and by which they are superior to all the wise men of Babylon; and it is thus that Daniel is named chief of all the wise men of Babylon (2: 48). And it is because of this wisdom that Daniel can interpret dreams, as we see in his prayer of thanksgiving: "I give thanks and praise, for you have given me wisdom and power, and have now revealed to me what we asked of you" (2:23). If Daniel and wisdom are two realities linked since the 14th century BC, is our Daniel in the book of Daniel really a historical character? Couldn't he be a convenient name for someone who is to be presented as the sage par excellence in a pagan environment?

First of all, despite the effort of the author of the book of Daniel to present us with a chronology of events, we end up with fanciful data. Daniel would have been part of the group of teenagers brought to Babylon at the time of the first capture of Jerusalem in the year 606 BC: let's assume that at that time Daniel was 12 years old, he would have lived at least until the beginning of the reign of the Persian king Cyrus in 539 BC, according to the author; Daniel would have therefore lived until 80 years old, which is not impossible. But it is afterwards that things go wrong, in particular with king Belshazzar whom the author erroneously presents as the son of Nebuchadnezzar, whereas he was in fact the son of Nabonid (reign from 556 BC to 539 BC), the third successor of Nebuchadnezzar, and was never a king, but simply a prince. Similarly, he tells us about Darius the Mede as the last king of Babylon, a character totally unknown to historians. But where things get really bad is in the second part of the book (ch. 7 to 12) where Daniel has visions that cover in a very precise way the period from the Babylonian empire through the Persian empire to the Seleucid empire; the data are so precise that we can identify what happened from 167 BC to 164 BC, i.e. the desecration of the temple and the destruction of the city. i.e. the desecration of the temple by Antiochus IV Epiphanes, the Maccabean revolt and the purification of the temple in 164 BC. In short, we cover 500 years of history. Unless one has a fundamentalist approach to the Bible and attributes magical gifts to Daniel, one must agree that Daniel the wise is a convenient name to link together scattered accounts that have in common only that they took place in the Jewish diaspora of Babylonia. There is no reason to believe that Daniel, as presented in the book of the same name, is a historical figure.

All this raises the question of the literary genre of the book of Daniel. In view of what has just been said about the unreliability of the historical data, it cannot be placed among the historical writings. The Septuagint places it with the prophetic writings, after the prophet Ezekiel, as does the Jerusalem Bible, so that some speak of the prophet Daniel. But if we define a prophet as someone who speaks in the name of God to denounce certain social situations or to convince a people to return to their God or to announce the good news of an imminent salvation, then the book of Daniel is not a prophetic book. So what is it then? Especially for part A, we are in front of folk tales that were meant to edify the listener, and therefore had a didactic purpose: like any popular tale, one can allow oneself fantastic scenes, such as walking with impunity in the middle of a furnace of fire, coming out alive from a den of lions, or being carried by the hair from Jerusalem to Babylon by an angel (addition of the story of the Dragon); the important thing is to insist that if one remains faithful to the faith of one's fathers, God will know how to ensure one's life. But in part B, it is the apocalyptic genre that dominates, where Daniel, as a visionary, reveals the deep meaning of the events of history and what will happen in the end. In this, Daniel is outside of time, in God's world, to reveal what God has prepared for humanity. It is probably because of its didactic and apocalyptic value that the book of Daniel was chosen to be part of the canon of Scripture.

Who then collected these scattered accounts to give a form of unity to the bilingual Hebrew-Aramaic text that served as the basis for the Greek translation? It could be a Jewish Hasidic from Jerusalem (TOB, p. 1673), i.e. a pious and conservative man defending the Jewish faith and practices, but relying above all on a direct intervention of God, and minimizing the significance of the military revolt of the Maccabees (which is mentioned briefly in 11:34). He experienced the persecution of Antiochus IV Epiphanes in 167 BC, and allows himself to specify its duration, which places us around 164 BC with the restoration of temple worship. But the material he uses, i.e. these popular tales, would come from the Jewish diaspora in Babylon, probably from the Persian period (539 BC to 333 BC), for the Babylonian environment is described with Persian words and the important place of angels is quite Persian. This could partly explain the use of Aramaic in 2:4b to 7:28: Aramaic, the language of the Chaldeans of Babylonia, had become the lingua franca of the Near East for trade and commerce, and was the common language of Judea during Jesus' ministry. It is possible that the Hasidic author wrote in Hebrew the introduction to chapter 1 where we are introduced to Daniel and his companions, making them models of the Jews of the diaspora. His hand is felt especially in the apocalyptic part, which is appropriate to a period of persecution, where we feel the influence of the prophet Ezekiel and his visions. His message is clear: whoever remains faithful to the faith of his fathers and trusts in God will not be disappointed, God alone is true and idols are nothing, God is the master of history, the living God will know how to give new life to anyone who dies a martyr's death; the Pharisees will take up this doctrine.

What about the Greek version where, as we mentioned, there are three important additions? The first is called "Azariah's Prayer", but in fact it is two prayers, Azariah's acknowledging the sin of the people and appealing to God's mercy (3:25-45), and the song of blessing of the three companions (3:51-90). We have here a procedure that is found elsewhere: giving a content to the prayer that is simply mentioned in the original text. This is the case of the Prayer of Manasseh, which takes up 2 Ch 33:13 ("Manasseh prayed to Yahweh and he yielded to him"), then expands the text to reveal the content of this prayer. Azariah's prayer follows the typical structure of Jewish prayer with an acknowledgement of one's sin and a confession of One's shame, followed by a plea for God's mercy in the name of his faithfulness to his promise; as for the song of praise, it echoes the doxology found in synagogal prayer as well as in Psalms 136 and 148. Like the prayer of Manasseh, it seems to have been composed in Hebrew, although we no longer have the original, only this Greek translation.

The other addition is the story of Susanna, which takes place in Babylon among the Jews of the diaspora, and would have been composed in the Persian period (539-333 BC) and belongs to the same genre as the stories of chs. 2-6 of the book of Daniel. It is not surprising that it was included in his work. What is surprising, however, is the figure of Daniel who suddenly appears: he is no longer the important figure in Nebuchadnezzar's court, but a young man without a title. But since Daniel's name means "God my Judge", it is possible that he was the right figure to play this role in the story; and it is a bit of a catch-all name for a wise and insightful person. Finally, a question has been debated among biblical scholars: in what language was the story written? All that remains is the Greek text of the Septuagint. And some biblical scholars propose Greek as the original language of the story, because there are puns in it: for example, in 13:54, one of the old men says he saw Susanna under a mastic tree (schinos), and the angel of God will punish him by splitting him (schizō ) through the middle, and in 13:58, the other of the old men says he saw Susanna under an oak tree (prinos), and the angel of God will punish him by cutting (priō) through the middle. But it is unthinkable to admit that a story born in the same environment as the other folk tales of the Babylonian diaspora and written in Aramaic, was originally written in Greek. It is more plausible to admit that it was deliberately intended to imitate the wordplay of the original language.

Finally, the other addition is the two stories of Bel and the Dragon. Again, the scene is in Babylon where the Jews were confronted with pagan deities. The setting is similar to the stories in chs. 2 and 6 which we have set in Persian times and originally written in Aramaic; moreover, the scene of Daniel in the lion's den falls within a parallel tradition to that of Daniel in the lion's den in ch. 6. Moreover, it appears as a midrash, or commentary, on Jeremiah 51, which is also set in Babylon and where the prophet says in the name of Yahweh, "I will visit Bel in Babylon and take out of his mouth what he has swallowed up" (51:44), and "I will crack down on his idols" (51:52).

Who is responsible for these additions and integration that do not appear in the Massoretic or Hebrew text? There are two possible options: either it is the work of the translator, or a version of Daniel in Hebrew/Aramaic existed after the one that entered the Jewish canon, a version that is now lost, and which the translator simply translated. The problem with the first hypothesis, that of an integration by the translator of the Septuagint, is that there are two versions of the Greek Daniel in Greek Judaism, that of the Septuagint, also called the Old Greek (OG) version, and that of Theodotion (c. 180 CE): these two versions diverge on several points of detail, but they have the distinction of containing exactly the three additions (one will refer to the appendix at the bottom of this page for a parallel between the Septuagint and Theodotion texts on Susanna).

  • The Septuagint version is shorter than that of Theodotion, and so verses 1-4, 15-18, 20-21, 24-27, 42-43, 46-47, 49-50 of Theodotion's text are missing from the Septuagint.

  • Moreover, the Septuagint and Theodotion do not have the same ending: the Septuagint ends with the praise of the youth, while Theodotion ends its account with the enlarged reputation of Daniel

  • In Theodotion, the account of Susanna serves as the first chapter, and thus introduces Daniel, while in the Septuagint, the account of Daniel serves as the final chapter.

  • On the other hand, at certain points, the two versions have identical verses: 9.22-23.34.41-42.52.57-58

How to explain all this? One is forced to admit that the two translators have before them a Hebrew/Aramaic text. Several translated expressions are Semitic expressions: the repetition of "and" (kai), the expression "and it came to pass that" (kai egeneto), or "behold" (idou). Some biblical scholars believe that both translators have the same Hebrew/Aramaic text in front of them, but each goes with his preferred style and words. All of this hardly explains the shorter Septuagint version, and the longer Theodotion version.

It is not impossible that the two translators had two different versions of the Hebrew/Aramaic text before them. To be more precise, it would be normal to think that the Hebrew text continued to evolve over time, that it underwent an expansion as it is natural for folk tales to see the details amplified, so that when it arrived in the hands of Theodotion in the 2nd part of the 2nd century CE, it was much longer than the Septuagint. How did the story get amplified?

  • One adds a whole scene which describes the preparations of Susanna to go in the park with her two servants to bathe whereas it is hot, and her request to close the doors, whereas the two old ones are already hidden (Theodotion, 14)
  • The two elders explain their desire for her and detail the options that remain for Susanna (Theodotion, 19-21)
  • The details of what happened when Susanna refused the request of the elders, their race to open the doors of the park and how they spread their story, as well as the reaction of the people around them are given (Theodotion, 23-27)
  • It is explained why they could not seize the man who had slept with Susanna: he was stronger (Theodotion, 39)
  • A transition is added to introduce Daniel's intervention: not only does he shout his disagreement with the judgment of the assembly (I am innocent of the blood of this one!), but the crowd first begins to question his identity, and it is they who then invite him to sit and expound his thoughts (in the Septuagint, Daniel ends up in the courtroom without it being known how or why) (Theodotion, 46-50)

It is likely that Theodotion had before his eyes not only the amplified version of the Hebrew Susanna story, but also the Septuagint translation. Otherwise, one could not explain complete verses identical to the Septuagint (e.g., v. 9, v. 22, v. 33, v. 41-42, v. 48, v. 51-53, v. 57-58). On the other hand, Theodotion is not shy about remaining faithful to his approach, which is that of a more literal and closer translation of the Hebrew/Aramaic text. Moreover, it is probably he who takes the initiative to move the account of chapter 13 to the very beginning, and to make it an introduction to the whole book of Daniel: this was quite logical, since Daniel appears quite young in Susanna's account, whereas from chapter one of the book of Daniel he is an accomplished man, occupying a prestigious position in the king's court. In this perspective, Theodotion probably modified the Septuagint's somewhat moralistic conclusion about the value of youth into a celebration of Daniel's greatness, setting the stage for the whole book of Daniel.

There remains one last question: if we know that the translation of Theodotion is to be dated around 180 CE, when does the translation of the Septuagint of Daniel go back to? This question is linked to another one. In 1 Maccabees 2:60 we read: "Daniel was saved from the mouths of lions because of his righteousness". To which version does the book of Maccabees refer, the Hebrew/Aramaic version or the Greek version? Knowing that 1 Maccabees was written around 100 BC (TOB, p. 1977), one could infer that the Greek Daniel of the Septuagint was already known at that time, admitting that it is the Greek text that 1 Maccabees 2:60 refers to; In that case, it would have to be placed somewhere between 160 BC, the period when the first twelve chapters of the book of Daniel were completed, and 100 BC, the writing of 1 Maccabees, say around 145 BC to allow time for the Hebrew/Aramaic text to expand with the additions of the stories of Susanna and Bel and the Dragon, and time for the Greek translation to become known. Since the book of Maccabees was written in Greek, one would have reason to think that we have a solid hypothesis here. Unfortunately, it is far from certain that it is the Greek version to which 1 Maccabees 2:60 refers: we are in Judea where the Hebrew/Aramaic text is the one read and proclaimed. Moreover, the Greek text of 1 Maccabees seems to reflect a Semitic original, almost certainly Hebrew (TOB, p. 1977). Thus, as with all the books of the Septuagint, the translators must be situated in the Jewish diaspora of Alexandria. It is quite reasonable to think that the book Daniel was already translated in the second part of the second century BC, along with the last books of the Hebrew Bible. The TOB suggests the date of 145 BC (p. 1672).

Greek Daniel in history

One of the earliest references to Daniel is found in the Dead Sea Scrolls at Qumran, with the prayer of Nabonides (4QprNab), which recalls Dan 3:31 – 4:34. In the Jewish historian Flavius Josephus (37 – 100), the figure of Daniel, as a model of the Jew in a pagan land, plays an important role (Jewish Antiquities, 10.188-280; 11.337; 12.322). In the Christian milieu, Daniel is present as early as the New Testament (Mt 24:15), and his visions receive an echo in Revelation. Among the Fathers of the Church, the book of Daniel with its additions is accepted without any problem, without asking the question of their canonicity. This is the case, for example, of Irenaeus of Lyons (130-202). For his part, Hippolytus of Rome (170 – 235) refers to the version of Theodotion. And Origen (184 – 253) will inform us that they are part of the sacred books and will castigate the presbyters who refuse their authenticity.

It is from the 4th century onwards that people began to be aware of the difference between the Hebrew text and the Greek text, and to ask themselves the question of the canonicity of the additions. Local synods such as those of Hippo in 393 and Carthage in 397 authorized their use as Scripture. But St. Jerome (347-420), in his translation of the Vulgate, considered the prayer of Azariah, the song of the three youths, the books of Susanna and Bel and the Dragon as fables, writing in his introduction that they were apocryphal writings, not part of the canon.

When John Wycliffe (1320-1384) produced his English translation of the Scriptures from the Latin Vulgate, he included Daniel's additions, but with the caveats of St. Jerome. On the other hand, Bodenstein von Karlstadt (1486 – 1541) rejected these additions as worthless. Luther (1483-1506), on the other hand, agreed to translate them and to include them in his Bible, saying that there were many good things in this beautiful religious fiction. The Council of Trent (1545-1563) declared these additions to be canonical and inspired. At their synod in Jerusalem in 1672, the Orthodox Church also declared these additions canonical.

Today, Bible translations have opted for different approaches. The King James Bible (1611), American Standard version (1901), New English version (1961), New International Version (1968) offer only the Hebrew version after the prophet Ezekiel. The New American Bible (1970) and as well the Jerusalem Bible (1966) have as well the book of Daniel after Ezekiel, but the three additions of the Greek version as been integrated with the Hebrew translation. The Bibles versions that belong to the ecumenical tradition, such as the Revised Standard Version (RSV), the New Revised Standard Version (NRSV) present us first with the Massoretic text of Daniel, and then with the additions of the Greek text at the end, in a section on the apocryphal writings.

-André Gilbert, April 2019

References:

  • Introduction aux prophètes: Daniel, in La Bible de Jérusalem. Paris: Cerf, 1973, p. 1083-1085.;
  • Introduction: Daniel, in French Ecumenical Bible Translation (TOB): Old Testament. Paris: Cerf-Les Bergers et les mages, 1978, p. 1671-1678;
  • Introduction: Daniel, p. 1754-1756; Introduction to the Apocryphal/Deuterocannical Books, p. 2-15; The Additions to Daniel, p. 270-272, in New Revises Standard Version. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002.
  • R. Timothy McLay, New English Translation of the Septuagint

Overview

Chapter 1According to the author, in the third year of the reign of Ioakim, king of Judah (i.e. 606 BC), Nebuchadnezzar took Jerusalem and carried away the temple utensils to the pagan temple in Babylon. And among the people taken into captivity was an elite group of young people from the nobility who were destined to receive a high education and to speak Aramaic, to be in the service of the king. Among them were four teenagers: Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah. To express their new vocation, they were given new names, especially Daniel who was given the name Belshazzar. The time of training involved a royal diet of food and drink. But wanting to respect the dietary customs of Judaism, Daniel managed to convince the chief of staff to limit the diet to vegetables and water, promising that his face would remain radiant. After ten days, it was clear that the Jews looked and felt better than those who shared the king's menu. At the end of their training, the four teenagers were taken to the king and showed wisdom ten times greater than all the magicians and occult specialists of the kingdom; in particular, Daniel displayed a special gift of dream interpretation. He lived until the beginning of the reign of Cyrus in 539 BC.
Chapter 2In the second year of his reign (about 603 BC), Nebuchadnezzar (605-562 BC) had a dream which he forgot in the morning, but which left him distressed. So he called the magicians, the astrologers and the soothsayers, also called Chaldeans, so that they make a report on his dream. He was told that he must first tell his dream so that they could then interpret it. Furious, the king replies that they will be exterminated if they cannot tell his dream and interpret it. Hearing the same answer from the diviners, the king reproaches them for simply wanting to gain time and repeats his request. Then the soothsayers answer that the king's request is beyond the reach of a human being and is a matter for the gods. Irritated, the king orders to massacre all the wise men and diviners of Babylon.

On the verge of meeting the same fate as all the diviners, Daniel asks for some time before answering the king's request about his dream. Once home, he invited his three companions to pray to God. And during the night, the mystery of the king's dream was revealed to him. Then Daniel raises his prayer of thanksgiving to God. Then, through Arioch, the chief of the executioners, he is introduced to the king, mentioning first that the revelation of such a mystery as he demanded is beyond the reach of a human being, but belongs to the God of heaven, before giving the details of this dream: there was a gigantic statue of extraordinary splendor, but terrifying, the head was of fine gold, the chest and arms of silver, the belly and thighs of bronze, the legs of iron, the feet partly of iron and partly of ceramics; but a stone broke through to strike the statue on its feet of iron and ceramics, pulverized it, and then afterwards it became a great mountain and filled the whole earth. Daniel then gives the interpretation of the dream: the golden head is Nebuchadnezzar in all his power, to be succeeded by a weaker kingdom of silver (the Mede empire), followed by a kingdom of bronze (the Persian empire), then a kingdom of iron (Alexander the Great); But this last kingdom with its half-iron and half-ceramic feet will be a divided kingdom (the Seleucids of Syria and the Ptolemies of Egypt), mixed and held together by matrimonial alliances; all this will happen before the intervention of God who will annihilate all these kingdoms and replace them with his messianic kingdom. Nebuchadnezzar happily pays homage to Daniel's God and wants to give Daniel authority over Babylonia, but Daniel is content to be the chief diviner, leaving political authority to his companions.

Chapter 3King Nebuchadnezzar had a golden statue built, 27 meters high and 2.7 meters wide. Then he invited all the rulers and officials of his kingdom to come and celebrate its dedication, while the heralds did the same for all the people: to the sound of instruments and music, all had to bow down and worship the monument, or else be thrown into the furnace of fire. This is what everyone did, except the Jews, in particular Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah. Denounced by the Chaldeans, the men were brought before the king and ordered to comply with his command, under pain of the same threat. The three men refuse to serve the foreign gods. Furious, Nebuchadnezzar ordered to heat the furnace of fire seven times more than usual and to throw the three men into it. The three men were thrown into the fire, bound and fully clothed, so that those who had pulled them into the furnace were burned.

Standing in the middle of the furnace with his two companions, Azariah began to pray. He first recognizes how just God is in his judgments, and if Jerusalem was deported to Babylonia, it is because the people had sinned, not obeying his commandments. And now that the people are ashamed, they call upon God not to forget his covenant and to remember his mercy in the name of Abraham, Isaac and Israel to whom he promised descendants as numerous as the stars of the sky and the sand on the seashore. When there is no longer a temple, and therefore no place for offerings and sacrifices, may the broken heart and humbled spirit become like an offering and a sacrifice. So he prays to God to deliver them, to overthrow those who dominate them and that they see how God is the only one.

As the flame rises more than 22 meters above the furnace from being fanned, the angel of God descends into the furnace and rejects the flame, preventing it from reaching the three men, while spreading a refreshing wind. Then they begin to bless God and invite the whole universe to praise Him, for having thus delivered them from death.

Seeing what was happening and hearing the song of the three men, Nebuchadnezzar, surrounded by his leaders and officials, was amazed and invited the three men to come out of the furnace. Then he begins to bless the God who has delivered these Jews and gives the order to put to death anyone who would dare to speak against this God. As for the three men, they return to their prestigious position.

Chapter 4King Nebuchadnezzar has another dream that frightens him. Once again, the magicians, astrologers and diviners of the kingdom are unable to interpret it, until Daniel shows up. The king tells him his dream: there is a huge tree in the midst of the earth, whose head touches the sky, whose fruit feeds the universe, and its branches provide shelter for the beasts of the field and a home for the birds of the air; now, behold, angels come down from heaven and demand that the tree be cut down, and that only the stump of its roots be left, with a bond of iron and bronze in the vegetation of the countryside, so that it may share the grass of the earth with the beasts, which will give it a beast's heart; this will last seven years.

Daniel gave the interpretation of the dream. The great tree with its abundant fruit and its branches that shelter the beasts of the field and where the birds of the air live is Nebuchadnezzar himself, in all his power. As for the announcement to cut down the tree, it comes from a decision of the Most High God who will force the king to live with the beasts of the field and to feed like them on grass for seven years, until he recognizes that the Most High is master of the kingship of men and that he gives it to whom he wishes. Daniel then invites the king to change his heart and to take care of the poor.

So a year later, while the king admired Babylon as a work of his power, a voice from heaven said to him, "The kingdom is taken from you." Nebuchadnezzar was driven out from among men and found himself feeding on grass like the beasts, and became like a beast. But after seven years he came to his senses and recognized and blessed the eternal sovereignty of the living God, whose authority is over the inhabitants of heaven and earth. At that moment, Nebuchadnezzar regained his kingship. Since that day, he has celebrated, exalted and glorified the King of heaven.

Chapter 5King Belshazzar, whom the author misrepresents as the son of Nebuchadnezzar (in fact, Belshazzar was the son of Nabonidus, Nebuchadnezzar's third successor, and was never a king, but merely a prince), once held a great feast with one thousand guests. They drank wine using the gold and silver utensils stolen from the temple in Jerusalem and used them to praise the deities of metal, wood and stone. At that moment, fingers of a man's hand appeared and wrote on the plaster of the palace wall. The king changed color and began to tremble. He called the magicians and the soothsayers of his kingdom to read the inscription and interpret it, promising to the one who succeeded a gift of authority in his kingdom. But nobody succeeded. Then the queen mother intervened to remind the king that his father had once called Daniel, called Belshazzar, the chief diviner, gifted with the insight to interpret dreams and solve riddles. This is how Daniel was introduced before the king. He first reminded him that his father, who had great power, was nevertheless reduced to the state of a beast by the Most High God because of his pride, until he recognized that the Most High God is master of the royalty of men. Then Daniel told Belshazzar that he had set himself up against the Lord of heaven by using the utensils of the temple in Jerusalem to drink wine with his guests and to praise the deities of metal, wood and stone, forgetting the God who has in his hand his breath and to whom are all his ways. Finally, Daniel interpreted the inscription: Mene, your reign is over; Tekel, you have been found too light on the scales; Parsin, your kingdom has been divided between Medes and Persians. And indeed that night Belshazzar was killed.
Chapter 6According to the author, Darius the Mede (this Mede is unknown to historians), who would have been the last king in Babylonia before the arrival of Cyrus the Persian in 539 BC, organized the kingdom into 120 satraps under the responsibility of three ministers, including Daniel. Daniel excelled to the point that the king wanted to give him more responsibility, but all this triggered the jealousy of the satraps and the other two ministers. The latter, in order to succeed in eliminating him, devised a subterfuge, knowing that he was a Jew: to get the king to issue a rescript forbidding anyone to address a prayer to any god or man except to the king for 30 days, on pain of being thrown into the lion's den. After the rescript was signed, these men spied on Daniel and caught him praying to God facing Jerusalem. They brought him before the king. The king, who loved Daniel, was grieved and tried to save him, but he was trapped by his rescript and had to resign himself to throwing him into the lions' den. Early in the morning, after a sleepless night, he goes to the pit to inquire about Daniel's condition, who informs him that an angel of God was sent to prevent the lions from harming him. Immediately, the king was happy and ordered to take Daniel out of the pit and put his accusers there instead, with women and children, who were immediately devoured. Then, he writes to the people of his kingdom to fear the living God of Daniel, since he saved him, and that his sovereignty is eternal.
Chapter 7Daniel has a vision in the first year of Belshazzar's reign. As the sea (symbol of evil) is raging, four different beasts come out of it. The first one looks like a lioness (Babylonian power), but its wings were torn off (it lost its power) and a man's heart was given to it (Nebuchadnezzar becomes an ordinary man for a while). The second one looks like a bear (the Mede power) which holds in its teeth three ribs (subjugated powers). The third beast looks like a leopard (the Persian power) with four wings (the power is spread to the four corners of the universe) and four heads (probably the four great kings who succeeded each other: Cyrus, Darius, Xerxes and Artaxerxes). The fourth beast is frightening and of prodigious strength (the Greek power of Alexander the Great), it had ten horns (the Seleucid dynasty that succeeded Alexander the Great), and in the middle of these horns a small one (the persecutor and arrogant Antiochus Epiphanes (175 to 163 BC)) who made sure that three of the previous horns were eliminated

Behold, Daniel saw thrones, and an elder (God) with white hair and a white robe was sitting on a chariot of fire, surrounded by a host of angels, and the books in which the deeds of every man were written were opened before him. The last beast (the power of the Seleucids) was judged and exterminated, and all the others lost their power, although they continued to exist. Then with the clouds of heaven comes the Son of Man, representing all the righteous of Israel, who advances to the elder one to receive eternal kingship over the universe. Immediately Daniel asks an angel to interpret this vision.

Chapter 8In the third year of Belshazzar's reign, Daniel has another vision. While in Susa (city of the royal palace in the Persian empire), on the bank of the river that crosses it, Ulai, he sees a ram with two horns (the Medes and Persian empire), but one bigger than the other (Cyrus conquered the Medes empire in 549 BC). This ram strikes in all directions (Lydia, Babylonia, Syria, Palestine, Egypt). Then, from the southwest, a goat with a big horn (Alexander the Great) comes and runs against the ram with all his strength and crushes it to the ground (attack of 334 BC against Darius III Codoman). This goat began to grow excessively and its large horn broke and four horns grew below it (after the death of Alexander, his empire was divided between his four generals). From one (the Seleucids) of these horns, comes out a powerful horn (Antiochus Epiphanes) which rises towards the south, against a strong people (Judea), and attacks the army of the sky (God), tramples it under foot (profanes the temple) and interrupts the offerings (in 168 BC, Antiochus decrees the Hellenization of Judea and dedicates the temple of Jerusalem to Olympian Zeus). It will be broken without human intervention (Antiochus will die of languor). Daniel then hears an angel ask another angel how long the desolation of the sanctuary will last; the answer is: four years. When he tries to understand all this, Daniel hears a man's voice asking the angel Gabriel to explain this vision. So Gabriel comes to Daniel to explain everything to him.
Chapter 9The scene is set in the first year of Darius the Mede (unknown to historians, unless he is the son of Cyaxare (king of the Medes from 625-585 BC)). After consulting the book of the prophet Jeremiah, Daniel thinks that the exile of Jerusalem will last 70 years. So he addresses a prayer to God. In this prayer, Daniel recognizes that the people have sinned by not keeping his ordinances and by not listening to the prophets, and in his justice, God has scattered them in the world. So this is the shame for the people, and the application of the curse written in the law of Moses. But now Daniel turns to the God who saved his people from Egypt and to his mercy, and asks him to turn away his wrath from Jerusalem and to make his presence in the temple shine for his own honor; he awaits the expression of his mercy before the annihilation of the people and the holy city. While he was still praying, the angel Gabriel appeared to him at the time of the evening sacrifice in the temple to make him understand the meaning of all these events: the exile of Jerusalem will last 70 periods until Jerusalem is rebuilt (the arrival of Cyrus), and from the rebuilding of the city until the arrival of the chief-messiah (probably the high priest Onias III) there are 62 periods, and the latter will be put to death (he was murdered in 170 BC), before the desolation occurs for the city and the temple (Hellenization of the city by Antiochus Epiphanes).
Chapter 10The scene takes place in the third year of the reign of the Persian king Cyrus (i.e. in 556 BC) when Daniel had a vision. After three weeks of fasting, a heavenly angel appears to him and leaves him full of fear and without strength. The angel invites him not to be afraid, because this intervention is a response to his prayers. Then he reveals to him that the guardian angel of the Persians resisted him for a long time, but the archangel Michael came to his aid. And now he comes to reveal to him what will happen to his people at the end of days. Upon hearing this, Daniel fell face down on the ground. Immediately, the one who looked like a son of man touched his lips so that he could speak, but was told that he was powerless. Then the angel touches him again to strengthen him and invites him not to be afraid. Having interrupted his battle with the king of Persia, he now prepares to reveal to him what will happen next.
Chapter 11First of all, he (the angel) is the one who supported the Persian Cyrus to allow the return of the exiled Jews. A series of Persian kings will follow, and the last one will attack the Greek kingdom, from which will come a powerful king (Alexander the Great) who will establish a great empire. But this kingdom will be divided (between his generals) after his death. One of them, the king of the south (Egypt), will fortify himself (Ptolemy Ist Soter, first king of Egypt, 323 to 285 BC), but one of these princes will prevail against him, and he will dominate a great kingdom (Seleucus Ist Nicator, first lieutenant of Ptolemy, then founder of the Seleucid dynasty in Syria, 312 to 280 BC). Thereafter, an alliance is concluded between the two kingdoms (with the marriage of Berenice, daughter of Ptolemy II, with Antiochus II towards 250 BC), but this alliance will be short-lived (Berenice, her husband and their child are poisoned by the first wife of Antiochus II towards 246 BC). And the king of Egypt attacks the kingdom of north (Ptolemy III, brother of Berenice penetrates in the city of Antioch, capital of the Seleucids and amasses there a considerable booty). In turn, the sons of the king of the North (Seleucus III, 226 to 223 BC, and Antiochus III, 223 to 187 BC) campaigned against the south, and while returning, stopped at the citadel of Jerusalem (campaign of Antiochus III against Egypt in 220 BC, taking away also Palestine) In retaliation, the king of the south sets up a great army to fight the king of the north (Ptolemy IV, 221 to 203 BC, will leave victorious against Antiochus III of the battle of Raphia in 217 BC). The retort is not made wait. The king of the north mounts a larger army (against offensive of Antiochus III from 204 BC), and men of the people of God will miss force (Jews will take position for Antiochus, betraying Egypt). He seized strong cities (taking of Sidon in 198 BC) and stopped in the land of Sheba (Palestine passed under the domination of the Seleucids). In front of Egypt and to annex it, he offers his daughter, without succeeding in obtaining what he wanted (Antiochus III gives for wife to Ptolemy V his daughter Cleopatra, but this one takes the share of Egypt and makes call to the Romans against Syria). Then it turns against the islands (the coastal areas which depended on Egypt), but at the end the opprobrium falls on him (defeat at the hands of the Roman Lucius Scipion in Magnesia in 190 BC). When he returned to his land, he fell and was never seen again (he died during the plundering of a temple in Elam in July 187 BC). From his root will rise a new shoot (Seleucus IV, 187 to 175 BC), but it will be broken again (he dies assassinated). Another will take its place, which will be despised, it will make itself master of the kingdom by dint of artifices (Antiochus IV Epiphanes, 175 to 164 BC, brother of SEleucus IV, seizes the kingdom in the place of his son). It crushes its adversaries, in particular the head of an alliance (the high priest Onias III, deposed in 174 BC and killed in Daphne in Syria in 170 BC where it had been made prisoner). Then, he undertook a campaign against the king of the south (he will carry out the war against Ptolemy VI of Egypt from 170 to 169 BC), and this last will see his army swallowed up (defeat in Pelusium, in Upper Egypt). Then the two kings will sit at the same table to tell lies (prisoner of Antiochus IV, Ptolemy VI must sign a humiliating peace). Returning home, the king of aquilon opposes the holy alliance (on his return, Antiochus IV plunders the temple of Jerusalem). At the marked time, he marches again against the south (second military campaign in 168 BC), but will be stopped by the Citians (intervention of the Roman fleet and the Roman senate orders him to lay down the weapons and to evacuate Egypt and Cyprus). On his return, he became irritated with the Holy Alliance and got along with those who had decided to abandon it (relying on the Jews who supported Hellenization, he inaugurated a policy of oppression of Judaism). And offspring of him will desecrate the sanctuary and will make cease the perpetual sacrifice, and they will replace it by the abomination of the desolation (Apollonius is sent to Jerusalem to build there the citadel of Acra and, in the autumn of year 167 BC, the worship ceases and the temple is dedicated to the worship of Olympian Zeus on December 7). Humiliated, the Jews will receive only a weak help (revolt of Maccabees). Not recognizing any more the gods of his fathers (Antiochus IV abandons the cult of the Syrian gods and Adonis-Tammuz), he will believe himself greater than them all (he divinizes himself, from where the name of Epiphanes, i.e. "manifested" god).

Thereafter, Antiochus IV would have been provoked by the king of Egypt and would then have pushed back it until in its lands (these events are unknown of the historians), also pushing its conquest in Ethiopia and Lybie. Receiving bad news from his northern and eastern borders (attack of the Parthians), he hurried to go and exterminate them. According to the author, Antiochus IV died thanks to the intervention of God, while his tents were in Jerusalem (according to historians, he died suddenly of an illness during his military campaign in the East).

Chapter 12At that time, Michael the archangel will rise in the midst of tribulation, and the Jews written in the divine book will be saved: they will awaken from the earth to eternal life, while all others will awaken to eternal confusion. And the wise men who are the leaders of the people and the righteous will shine like the stars of heaven. Then Daniel saw two men on either side of the river, and one asked the other dressed in linen when these wonders would be accomplished. The answer came: in three and a half years all things would be known, and the answer was made clear to Daniel: these words will be hidden until the time comes. Then he added: many will be tested and sanctified by martyrdom, and the suppression of the perpetual sacrifice in the temple will last three years and two months; happy are those who will wait two months more, then the meaning of the events will be revealed to them; as for Daniel, he will rise again to collect what has been prepared for him.
Chapter 13The story takes place in Babylon. There was a rich and illustrious man named Ioakim, who used to entertain the Jews of the city in his garden, and he was the husband of Susanna, a beautiful Jewish woman educated according to the law of Moses. That year, two elders were appointed judges. As they frequented Ioakim's garden, they began to desire Susanna, and so they began to watch for the right moment. One day, Susanna wanted to bathe in the garden and sent away the two girls who were assisting her. The two elders, who were hiding and watching her, rushed to her and asked her to sleep with them, otherwise they would accuse her of having had an illicit relationship with a young man. Susanna refused and shouted, while the elders also shouted to accuse her. They gathered around them and the elders told their side of the story. The next day, when the people were assembled, Susanna was called in and the two elders told the story of a young man who had hidden and then slept with Susanna. She was then sentenced to death. Immediately Susanna cried out to God of her innocence. Her prayer was heard. As Susanna was being brought in to be put to death, a young man from the congregation cried out, "I am innocent of her blood!" It was Daniel, and he reproached the judges for condemning someone without investigating. Recognizing in Daniel someone to whom God had given the privilege of the elders, the court gathered again. This time, the two accusers were separated, and Daniel asked the first one under which tree he had caught the culprits: a mastic tree, he answered. To the second accuser he asked the same question: an evergreen oak, was his answer. The assembly of Israel immediately condemned the two accusers as false witnesses, and they were sentenced to death. That day, innocent blood was saved.
Chapter 14The Babylonians had as a deity Bel, "Lord" in Persia, for whom they gave daily a great quantity of flour, sheep and wine. King Cyrus, who worshipped Bel, once asked Daniel, his companion, "Why do you not worship Bel?" Daniel's answer was typically Jewish: he can only worship the living God, not idols made with human hands. The king brought the fact that by eating everything he eats, Bel can only be alive. Laughing, Daniel replied that Bel had never eaten or drunk anything. Furious, Cyrus called the priests and challenged them to show who was eating all the food or else Daniel would die. The priests accepted the challenge and asked the king to seal the temple door. After the king brought the food to Bel and before he sealed it, Daniel scattered ashes in the sanctuary. At night, as usual, the seventy priests entered through a back door with women and children to eat and drink. The next morning, the king saw that the door was still sealed, and when he entered, he saw that the food was gone. As he proclaimed his faith in Bel, Daniel pointed out the footprints on the ground. Irritated, the king had the priests arrested with their wives and children and put them to death.

The Babylonians also worshipped a great dragon. The king asked Daniel why he did not worship it. Daniel replied that he worshipped only his God, for he alone is alive. Then he asked the king for permission to kill him without a sword or a staff. So Daniel made a pellet of pitch, fat and hair and put it in the dragon's mouth, and it died. The crowd was furious and went to the king to demand Daniel's head. The king gives in under their pressure. So Daniel is put for six days in a pit of seven lions that were starved. During this time in Judea, the prophet Habakkuk used to bring the harvesters in the field a crumbled porridge of bread. The angel of the Lord asks him to bring this meal to Daniel in Babylon, and takes him by the hair and deposits him in Babylon, above the lions' den. Habakkuk invites him to eat, and Daniel thanks God for remembering him. The next day, the seventh, the king came to the pit to mourn Daniel, but found him sitting. Proclaiming the greatness of God, he freed Daniel, and had those responsible for his condemnation thrown into the pit to die.


Note:

  • The additions of the Greek Daniel to the original text are in italics
  • The source text translated by the Greek version is in Hebrew, except for the Aramaic section from ch. 2: 4b to ch. 7: 28 which is indicated by square brackets []
  • The Greek text is the one that comes to us from Theodotion (around 180 AD), according to A. Rahlfs, Septuaginta. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelstiftung, 1935)
  • The English translation is from the New Revised Standard Version (NRSV), including the Additions to the Greek text of Daniel, which are numbered with letters from A through F.

Full Text

VerseGreek TextEnglish Translation (NRSV)

Chapter 1

1Ἐν ἔτει τρίτῳ τῆς βασιλείας Ιωακιμ βασιλέως Ιουδα ἦλθεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος εἰς Ιερουσαλημ καὶ ἐπολιόρκει αὐτήν.In the third year of the reign of King Jehoiakim of Judah, King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylon came to Jerusalem and besieged it.
2καὶ ἔδωκεν κύριος ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν Ιωακιμ βασιλέα Ιουδα καὶ ἀπὸ μέρους τῶν σκευῶν οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἤνεγκεν αὐτὰ εἰς γῆν Σεννααρ οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὰ σκεύη εἰσήνεγκεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον θησαυροῦ τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ.The Lord let King Jehoiakim of Judah fall into his power, as well as some of the vessels of the house of God. These he brought to the land of Shinar, and placed the vessels in the treasury of his gods.
3καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Ασφανεζ τῷ ἀρχιευνούχῳ αὐτοῦ εἰσαγαγεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας Ισραηλ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος τῆς βασιλείας καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν φορθομμινThen the king commanded his palace master Ashpenaz to bring some of the Israelites of the royal family and of the nobility,
4νεανίσκους οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς μῶμος καὶ καλοὺς τῇ ὄψει καὶ συνιέντας ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ γιγνώσκοντας γνῶσιν καὶ διανοουμένους φρόνησιν καὶ οἷς ἐστιν ἰσχὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑστάναι ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ διδάξαι αὐτοὺς γράμματα καὶ γλῶσσαν Χαλδαίων.young men without physical defect and handsome, versed in every branch of wisdom, endowed with knowledge and insight, and competent to serve in the king’s palace; they were to be taught the literature and language of the Chaldeans.
5καὶ διέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας καθ ἡμέραν ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ πότου αὐτοῦ καὶ θρέψαι αὐτοὺς ἔτη τρία καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα στῆναι ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως.The king assigned them a daily portion of the royal rations of food and wine. They were to be educated for three years, so that at the end of that time they could be stationed in the king’s court.
6καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ιουδα Δανιηλ καὶ Ανανιας καὶ Μισαηλ καὶ Αζαριας.Among them were Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, from the tribe of Judah.
7καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἀρχιευνοῦχος ὀνόματα, τῷ Δανιηλ Βαλτασαρ καὶ τῷ Ανανια Σεδραχ καὶ τῷ Μισαηλ Μισαχ καὶ τῷ Αζαρια Αβδεναγω.The palace master gave them other names: Daniel he called Belteshazzar, Hananiah he called Shadrach, Mishael he called Meshach, and Azariah he called Abednego.
8καὶ ἔθετο Δανιηλ ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ὡς οὐ μὴ ἀλισγηθῇ ἐν τῇ τραπέζῃ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐν τῷ οἴνῳ τοῦ πότου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠξίωσε τὸν ἀρχιευνοῦχον ὡς οὐ μὴ ἀλισγηθῇ.But Daniel resolved that he would not defile himself with the royal rations of food and wine; so he asked the palace master to allow him not to defile himself.
9καὶ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν Δανιηλ εἰς ἔλεον καὶ εἰς οἰκτιρμὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ ἀρχιευνούχου.Now God allowed Daniel to receive favor and compassion from the palace master.
10καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ἀρχιευνοῦχος τῷ Δανιηλ Φοβοῦμαι ἐγὼ τὸν κύριόν μου τὸν βασιλέα τὸν ἐκτάξαντα τὴν βρῶσιν ὑμῶν καὶ τὴν πόσιν ὑμῶν μήποτε ἴδῃ τὰ πρόσωπα ὑμῶν σκυθρωπὰ παρὰ τὰ παιδάρια τὰ συνήλικα ὑμῶν καὶ καταδικάσητε τὴν κεφαλήν μου τῷ βασιλεῖ.The palace master said to Daniel, "I am afraid of my lord the king; he has appointed your food and your drink. If he should see you in poorer condition than the other young men of your own age, you would endanger my head with the king."
11καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ πρὸς Αμελσαδ, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ ἀρχιευνοῦχος ἐπὶ Δανιηλ, Ανανιαν, Μισαηλ, ΑζαριανThen Daniel asked the guard whom the palace master had appointed over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah:
12Πείρασον δὴ τοὺς παῖδάς σου ἡμέρας δέκα, καὶ δότωσαν ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων, καὶ φαγόμεθα καὶ ὕδωρ πιόμεθα·"Please test your servants for ten days. Let us be given vegetables to eat and water to drink.
13καὶ ὀφθήτωσαν ἐνώπιόν σου αἱ ἰδέαι ἡμῶν καὶ αἱ ἰδέαι τῶν παιδαρίων τῶν ἐσθιόντων τὴν τράπεζαν τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ καθὼς ἂν ἴδῃς ποίησον μετὰ τῶν παίδων σου.You can then compare our appearance with the appearance of the young men who eat the royal rations, and deal with your servants according to what you observe."
14καὶ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπείρασεν αὐτοὺς ἡμέρας δέκα.So he agreed to this proposal and tested them for ten days.
15καὶ μετὰ τὸ τέλος τῶν δέκα ἡμερῶν ὡράθησαν αἱ ἰδέαι αὐτῶν ἀγαθαὶ καὶ ἰσχυραὶ ταῖς σαρξὶν ὑπὲρ τὰ παιδάρια τὰ ἐσθίοντα τὴν τράπεζαν τοῦ βασιλέως.At the end of ten days it was observed that they appeared better and fatter than all the young men who had been eating the royal rations.
16καὶ ἐγένετο Αμελσαδ ἀναιρούμενος τὸ δεῖπνον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν οἶνον τοῦ πόματος αὐτῶν καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς σπέρματα.So the guard continued to withdraw their royal rations and the wine they were to drink, and gave them vegetables.
17καὶ τὰ παιδάρια ταῦτα, οἱ τέσσαρες αὐτοί, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς σύνεσιν καὶ φρόνησιν ἐν πάσῃ γραμματικῇ καὶ σοφίᾳ· καὶ Δανιηλ συνῆκεν ἐν πάσῃ ὁράσει καὶ ἐνυπνίοις.To these four young men God gave knowledge and skill in every aspect of literature and wisdom; Daniel also had insight into all visions and dreams.
18καὶ μετὰ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἡμερῶν, ὧν εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτούς, καὶ εἰσήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιευνοῦχος ἐναντίον Ναβουχοδονοσορ.At the end of the time that the king had set for them to be brought in, the palace master brought them into the presence of Nebuchadnezzar,
19καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ αὐτῶν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ἐκ πάντων αὐτῶν ὅμοιοι Δανιηλ καὶ Ανανια καὶ Μισαηλ καὶ Αζαρια· καὶ ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως.and the king spoke with them. And among them all, no one was found to compare with Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah; therefore they were stationed in the king’s court.
20καὶ ἐν παντὶ ῥήματι σοφίας καὶ ἐπιστήμης, ὧν ἐζήτησεν παρ αὐτῶν ὁ βασιλεύς, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς δεκαπλασίονας παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἐπαοιδοὺς καὶ τοὺς μάγους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ.In every matter of wisdom and understanding concerning which the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and enchanters in his whole kingdom.
21καὶ ἐγένετο Δανιηλ ἕως ἔτους ἑνὸς Κύρου τοῦ βασιλέως.And Daniel continued there until the first year of King Cyrus.

Chapter 2

1Ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς βασιλείας Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἠνυπνιάσθη Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἐνύπνιον, καὶ ἐξέστη τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ ὕπνος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο ἀπ αὐτοῦ.In the second year of Nebuchadnezzar’s reign, Nebuchadnezzar dreamed such dreams that his spirit was troubled and his sleep left him.
2καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς καλέσαι τοὺς ἐπαοιδοὺς καὶ τοὺς μάγους καὶ τοὺς φαρμακοὺς καὶ τοὺς Χαλδαίους τοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ ἐνύπνια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦλθαν καὶ ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως.So the king commanded that the magicians, the enchanters, the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans be summoned to tell the king his dreams. When they came in and stood before the king,
3καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεύς Ἠνυπνιάσθην, καὶ ἐξέστη τὸ πνεῦμά μου τοῦ γνῶναι τὸ ἐνύπνιον.he said to them, "I have had such a dream that my spirit is troubled by the desire to understand it."
4καὶ ἐλάλησαν οἱ Χαλδαῖοι τῷ βασιλεῖ Συριστί Βασιλεῦ, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ζῆθι· σὺ εἰπὸν τὸ ἐνύπνιον τοῖς παισίν σου, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν ἀναγγελοῦμεν.The Chaldeans said to the king (in Aramaic), "[O king, live forever! Tell your servants the dream, and we will reveal the interpretation."
5ἀπεκρίθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς Χαλδαίοις Ὁ λόγος ἀπ ἐμοῦ ἀπέστη· ἐὰν μὴ γνωρίσητέ μοι τὸ ἐνύπνιον καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ, εἰς ἀπώλειαν ἔσεσθε, καὶ οἱ οἶκοι ὑμῶν διαρπαγήσονται·The king answered the Chaldeans, "This is a public decree: if you do not tell me both the dream and its interpretation, you shall be torn limb from limb, and your houses shall be laid in ruins.
6ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἐνύπνιον καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ γνωρίσητέ μοι, δόματα καὶ δωρεὰς καὶ τιμὴν πολλὴν λήμψεσθε παρ ἐμοῦ· πλὴν τὸ ἐνύπνιον καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι.But if you do tell me the dream and its interpretation, you shall receive from me gifts and rewards and great honor. Therefore tell me the dream and its interpretation."
7ἀπεκρίθησαν δεύτερον καὶ εἶπαν Ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰπάτω τὸ ἐνύπνιον τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγελοῦμεν.They answered a second time, "Let the king first tell his servants the dream, then we can give its interpretation."
8ἀπεκρίθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ εἶπεν Ἐπ ἀληθείας οἶδα ἐγὼ ὅτι καιρὸν ὑμεῖς ἐξαγοράζετε, καθότι εἴδετε ὅτι ἀπέστη ἀπ ἐμοῦ τὸ ῥῆμα·The king answered, "I know with certainty that you are trying to gain time, because you see I have firmly decreed:
9ἐὰν οὖν τὸ ἐνύπνιον μὴ ἀναγγείλητέ μοι, οἶδα ὅτι ῥῆμα ψευδὲς καὶ διεφθαρμένον συνέθεσθε εἰπεῖν ἐνώπιόν μου, ἕως οὗ ὁ καιρὸς παρέλθῃ· τὸ ἐνύπνιόν μου εἴπατέ μοι, καὶ γνώσομαι ὅτι τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγελεῖτέ μοι.if you do not tell me the dream, there is but one verdict for you. You have agreed to speak lying and misleading words to me until things take a turn. Therefore, tell me the dream, and I shall know that you can give me its interpretation."
10ἀπεκρίθησαν οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ λέγουσιν Οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ τῆς ξηρᾶς, ὅστις τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ βασιλέως δυνήσεται γνωρίσαι, καθότι πᾶς βασιλεὺς μέγας καὶ ἄρχων ῥῆμα τοιοῦτο οὐκ ἐπερωτᾷ ἐπαοιδόν, μάγον καὶ Χαλδαῖον·The Chaldeans answered the king, "There is no one on earth who can reveal what the king demands! In fact no king, however great and powerful, has ever asked such a thing of any magician or enchanter or Chaldean.
11ὅτι ὁ λόγος, ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπερωτᾷ, βαρύς, καὶ ἕτερος οὐκ ἔστιν, ὃς ἀναγγελεῖ αὐτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλ ἢ θεοί, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ κατοικία μετὰ πάσης σαρκός.The thing that the king is asking is too difficult, and no one can reveal it to the king except the gods, whose dwelling is not with mortals."
12τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ πολλῇ εἶπεν ἀπολέσαι πάντας τοὺς σοφοὺς Βαβυλῶνος·Because of this the king flew into a violent rage and commanded that all the wise men of Babylon be destroyed.
13καὶ τὸ δόγμα ἐξῆλθεν, καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ ἀπεκτέννοντο, καὶ ἐζήτησαν Δανιηλ καὶ τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ ἀνελεῖν.The decree was issued, and the wise men were about to be executed; and they looked for Daniel and his companions, to execute them.
14τότε Δανιηλ ἀπεκρίθη βουλὴν καὶ γνώμην τῷ Αριωχ τῷ ἀρχιμαγείρῳ τοῦ βασιλέως, ὃς ἐξῆλθεν ἀναιρεῖν τοὺς σοφοὺς ΒαβυλῶνοςThen Daniel responded with prudence and discretion to Arioch, the king’s chief executioner, who had gone out to execute the wise men of Babylon;
15Ἄρχων τοῦ βασιλέως, περὶ τίνος ἐξῆλθεν ἡ γνώμη ἡ ἀναιδὴς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ βασιλέως; ἐγνώρισεν δὲ τὸ ῥῆμα Αριωχ τῷ Δανιηλ.he asked Arioch, the royal official, "Why is the decree of the king so urgent?" Arioch then explained the matter to Daniel.
16καὶ Δανιηλ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἠξίωσεν τὸν βασιλέα ὅπως χρόνον δῷ αὐτῷ, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγείλῃ τῷ βασιλεῖ.So Daniel went in and requested that the king give him time and he would tell the king the interpretation.
17καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Δανιηλ εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ Ανανια καὶ τῷ Μισαηλ καὶ τῷ Αζαρια τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ τὸ ῥῆμα ἐγνώρισεν·Then Daniel went to his home and informed his companions, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah,
18καὶ οἰκτιρμοὺς ἐζήτουν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου, ὅπως ἂν μὴ ἀπόλωνται Δανιηλ καὶ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἐπιλοίπων σοφῶν Βαβυλῶνος.and told them to seek mercy from the God of heaven concerning this mystery, so that Daniel and his companions with the rest of the wise men of Babylon might not perish.
19τότε τῷ Δανιηλ ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ μυστήριον ἀπεκαλύφθη· καὶ εὐλόγησεν τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦThen the mystery was revealed to Daniel in a vision of the night, and Daniel blessed the God of heaven.
20Δανιηλ καὶ εἶπεν Εἴη τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ εὐλογημένον ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος, ὅτι ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ σύνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐστιν·Daniel said: "Blessed be the name of God from age to age, for wisdom and power are his.
21καὶ αὐτὸς ἀλλοιοῖ καιροὺς καὶ χρόνους, καθιστᾷ βασιλεῖς καὶ μεθιστᾷ, διδοὺς σοφίαν τοῖς σοφοῖς καὶ φρόνησιν τοῖς εἰδόσιν σύνεσιν·He changes times and seasons, deposes kings and sets up kings; he gives wisdom to the wise and knowledge to those who have understanding.
22αὐτὸς ἀποκαλύπτει βαθέα καὶ ἀπόκρυφα, γινώσκων τὰ ἐν τῷ σκότει, καὶ τὸ φῶς μετ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν·He reveals deep and hidden things; he knows what is in the darkness, and light dwells with him.
23σοί, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων μου, ἐξομολογοῦμαι καὶ αἰνῶ, ὅτι σοφίαν καὶ δύναμιν ἔδωκάς μοι καὶ νῦν ἐγνώρισάς μοι ἃ ἠξιώσαμεν παρὰ σοῦ καὶ τὸ ὅραμα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐγνώρισάς μοι.To you, O God of my ancestors, I give thanks and praise, for you have given me wisdom and power, and have now revealed to me what we asked of you, for you have revealed to us what the king ordered."
24καὶ ἦλθεν Δανιηλ πρὸς Αριωχ, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀπολέσαι τοὺς σοφοὺς Βαβυλῶνος, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Τοὺς σοφοὺς Βαβυλῶνος μὴ ἀπολέσῃς, εἰσάγαγε δέ με ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀναγγελῶ.Therefore Daniel went to Arioch, whom the king had appointed to destroy the wise men of Babylon, and said to him, "Do not destroy the wise men of Babylon; bring me in before the king, and I will give the king the interpretation."
25τότε Αριωχ ἐν σπουδῇ εἰσήγαγεν τὸν Δανιηλ ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Εὕρηκα ἄνδρα ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς Ιουδαίας, ὅστις τὸ σύγκριμα τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀναγγελεῖ.Then Arioch quickly brought Daniel before the king and said to him: "I have found among the exiles from Judah a man who can tell the king the interpretation."
26καὶ ἀπεκρίθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ εἶπεν τῷ Δανιηλ, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα Βαλτασαρ Εἰ δύνασαί μοι ἀναγγεῖλαι τὸ ἐνύπνιον, ὃ εἶδον, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ;The king said to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, "Are you able to tell me the dream that I have seen and its interpretation?"
27καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Δανιηλ ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ λέγει Τὸ μυστήριον, ὃ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπερωτᾷ, οὐκ ἔστιν σοφῶν, μάγων, ἐπαοιδῶν, γαζαρηνῶν ἀναγγεῖλαι τῷ βασιλεῖ,Daniel answered the king, "No wise men, enchanters, magicians, or diviners can show to the king the mystery that the king is asking,
28ἀλλ ἢ ἔστιν θεὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀποκαλύπτων μυστήρια καὶ ἐγνώρισεν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐπ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν. τὸ ἐνύπνιόν σου καὶ αἱ ὁράσεις τῆς κεφαλῆς σου ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης σου τοῦτό ἐστιν.but there is a God in heaven who reveals mysteries, and he has disclosed to King Nebuchadnezzar what will happen at the end of days. Your dream and the visions of your head as you lay in bed were these:
29σὺ βασιλεῦ, οἱ διαλογισμοί σου ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης σου ἀνέβησαν τί δεῖ γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα, καὶ ὁ ἀποκαλύπτων μυστήρια ἐγνώρισέν σοι ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι.To you, O king, as you lay in bed, came thoughts of what would be hereafter, and the revealer of mysteries disclosed to you what is to be.
30καὶ ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ζῶντας τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο ἀπεκαλύφθη, ἀλλ ἕνεκεν τοῦ τὴν σύγκρισιν τῷ βασιλεῖ γνωρίσαι, ἵνα τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῆς καρδίας σου γνῷς.But as for me, this mystery has not been revealed to me because of any wisdom that I have more than any other living being, but in order that the interpretation may be known to the king and that you may understand the thoughts of your mind.
31σύ, βασιλεῦ, ἐθεώρεις, καὶ ἰδοὺ εἰκὼν μία, μεγάλη ἡ εἰκὼν ἐκείνη καὶ ἡ πρόσοψις αὐτῆς ὑπερφερής, ἑστῶσα πρὸ προσώπου σου, καὶ ἡ ὅρασις αὐτῆς φοβερά·"You were looking, O king, and lo! there was a great statue. This statue was huge, its brilliance extraordinary; it was standing before you, and its appearance was frightening.
32ἡ εἰκών, ἧς ἡ κεφαλὴ χρυσίου χρηστοῦ, αἱ χεῖρες καὶ τὸ στῆθος καὶ οἱ βραχίονες αὐτῆς ἀργυροῖ, ἡ κοιλία καὶ οἱ μηροὶ χαλκοῖ,The head of that statue was of fine gold, its chest and arms of silver, its middle and thighs of bronze,
33αἱ κνῆμαι σιδηραῖ, οἱ πόδες μέρος τι σιδηροῦν καὶ μέρος τι ὀστράκινον.its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of clay.
34ἐθεώρεις, ἕως οὗ ἐτμήθη λίθος ἐξ ὄρους ἄνευ χειρῶν καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὴν εἰκόνα ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας τοὺς σιδηροῦς καὶ ὀστρακίνους καὶ ἐλέπτυνεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τέλος.As you looked on, a stone was cut out, not by human hands, and it struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and broke them in pieces.
35τότε ἐλεπτύνθησαν εἰς ἅπαξ τὸ ὄστρακον, ὁ σίδηρος, ὁ χαλκός, ὁ ἄργυρος, ὁ χρυσὸς καὶ ἐγένοντο ὡσεὶ κονιορτὸς ἀπὸ ἅλωνος θερινῆς· καὶ ἐξῆρεν αὐτὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς· καὶ ὁ λίθος ὁ πατάξας τὴν εἰκόνα ἐγενήθη ὄρος μέγα καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.Then the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver, and the gold, were all broken in pieces and became like the chaff of the summer threshing floors; and the wind carried them away, so that not a trace of them could be found. But the stone that struck the statue became a great mountain and filled the whole earth.
36τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐνύπνιον· καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ ἐροῦμεν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως."This was the dream; now we will tell the king its interpretation.
37σύ, βασιλεῦ βασιλεὺς βασιλέων, ᾧ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ βασιλείαν ἰσχυρὰν καὶ κραταιὰν καὶ ἔντιμον ἔδωκεν,You, O king, the king of kings — to whom the God of heaven has given the kingdom, the power, the might, and the glory,
38ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, ὅπου κατοικοῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, θηρία τε ἀγροῦ καὶ πετεινὰ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρί σου καὶ κατέστησέν σε κύριον πάντων, σὺ εἶ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἡ χρυσῆ.into whose hand he has given human beings, wherever they live, the wild animals of the field, and the birds of the air, and whom he has established as ruler over them all — you are the head of gold.
39καὶ ὀπίσω σου ἀναστήσεται βασιλεία ἑτέρα ἥττων σου, καὶ βασιλεία τρίτη ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ χαλκός, ἣ κυριεύσει πάσης τῆς γῆς.After you shall arise another kingdom inferior to yours, and yet a third kingdom of bronze, which shall rule over the whole earth.
40καὶ βασιλεία τετάρτη ἔσται ἰσχυρὰ ὡς ὁ σίδηρος· ὃν τρόπον ὁ σίδηρος λεπτύνει καὶ δαμάζει πάντα, οὕτως πάντα λεπτυνεῖ καὶ δαμάσει.And there shall be a fourth kingdom, strong as iron; just as iron crushes and smashes everything, it shall crush and shatter all these.
41καὶ ὅτι εἶδες τοὺς πόδας καὶ τοὺς δακτύλους μέρος μέν τι ὀστράκινον μέρος δέ τι σιδηροῦν, βασιλεία διῃρημένη ἔσται, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίζης τῆς σιδηρᾶς ἔσται ἐν αὐτῇ, ὃν τρόπον εἶδες τὸν σίδηρον ἀναμεμειγμένον τῷ ὀστράκῳ·As you saw the feet and toes partly of potter’s clay and partly of iron, it shall be a divided kingdom; but some of the strength of iron shall be in it, as you saw the iron mixed with the clay.
42καὶ οἱ δάκτυλοι τῶν ποδῶν μέρος μέν τι σιδηροῦν μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον, μέρος τι τῆς βασιλείας ἔσται ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἀπ αὐτῆς ἔσται συντριβόμενον.As the toes of the feet were part iron and part clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong and partly brittle.
43ὅτι εἶδες τὸν σίδηρον ἀναμεμειγμένον τῷ ὀστράκῳ, συμμειγεῖς ἔσονται ἐν σπέρματι ἀνθρώπων καὶ οὐκ ἔσονται προσκολλώμενοι οὗτος μετὰ τούτου, καθὼς ὁ σίδηρος οὐκ ἀναμείγνυται μετὰ τοῦ ὀστράκου.As you saw the iron mixed with clay, so will they mix with one another in marriage, but they will not hold together, just as iron does not mix with clay.
44καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν βασιλέων ἐκείνων ἀναστήσει ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ βασιλείαν, ἥτις εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας οὐ διαφθαρήσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ λαῷ ἑτέρῳ οὐχ ὑπολειφθήσεται· λεπτυνεῖ καὶ λικμήσει πάσας τὰς βασιλείας, καὶ αὐτὴ ἀναστήσεται εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας,And in the days of those kings the God of heaven will set up a kingdom that shall never be destroyed, nor shall this kingdom be left to another people. It shall crush all these kingdoms and bring them to an end, and it shall stand forever;
45ὃν τρόπον εἶδες ὅτι ἀπὸ ὄρους ἐτμήθη λίθος ἄνευ χειρῶν καὶ ἐλέπτυνεν τὸ ὄστρακον, τὸν σίδηρον, τὸν χαλκόν, τὸν ἄργυρον, τὸν χρυσόν. ὁ θεὸς ὁ μέγας ἐγνώρισεν τῷ βασιλεῖ ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα, καὶ ἀληθινὸν τὸ ἐνύπνιον, καὶ πιστὴ ἡ σύγκρισις αὐτοῦ.just as you saw that a stone was cut from the mountain not by hands, and that it crushed the iron, the bronze, the clay, the silver, and the gold. The great God has informed the king what shall be hereafter. The dream is certain, and its interpretation trustworthy."
46τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον καὶ τῷ Δανιηλ προσεκύνησεν καὶ μαναα καὶ εὐωδίας εἶπεν σπεῖσαι αὐτῷ.Then King Nebuchadnezzar fell on his face, worshiped Daniel, and commanded that a grain offering and incense be offered to him.
47καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν τῷ Δανιηλ Ἐπ ἀληθείας ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν αὐτός ἐστιν θεὸς θεῶν καὶ κύριος τῶν βασιλέων καὶ ἀποκαλύπτων μυστήρια, ὅτι ἠδυνήθης ἀποκαλύψαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο.The king said to Daniel, "Truly, your God is God of gods and Lord of kings and a revealer of mysteries, for you have been able to reveal this mystery!"
48καὶ ἐμεγάλυνεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν Δανιηλ καὶ δόματα μεγάλα καὶ πολλὰ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ πάσης χώρας Βαβυλῶνος καὶ ἄρχοντα σατραπῶν ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς σοφοὺς Βαβυλῶνος.Then the king promoted Daniel, gave him many great gifts, and made him ruler over the whole province of Babylon and chief prefect over all the wise men of Babylon.
49καὶ Δανιηλ ᾐτήσατο παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ κατέστησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῆς χώρας Βαβυλῶνος τὸν Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω· καὶ Δανιηλ ἦν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως.Daniel made a request of the king, and he appointed Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego over the affairs of the province of Babylon. But Daniel remained at the king’s court.

Chapter 3

1Ἔτους ὀκτωκαιδεκάτου Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐποίησεν εἰκόνα χρυσῆν, ὕψος αὐτῆς πήχεων ἑξήκοντα, εὖρος αὐτῆς πήχεων ἕξ, καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτὴν ἐν πεδίῳ Δειρα ἐν χώρᾳ Βαβυλῶνος.King Nebuchadnezzar made a golden statue whose height was sixty cubits and whose width was six cubits; he set it up on the plain of Dura in the province of Babylon.
2καὶ ἀπέστειλεν συναγαγεῖν τοὺς ὑπάτους καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοὺς τοπάρχας, ἡγουμένους καὶ τυράννους καὶ τοὺς ἐπ ἐξουσιῶν καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῶν χωρῶν ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰ ἐγκαίνια τῆς εἰκόνος, ἧς ἔστησεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεύς·Then King Nebuchadnezzar sent for the satraps, the prefects, and the governors, the counselors, the treasurers, the justices, the magistrates, and all the officials of the provinces, to assemble and come to the dedication of the statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
3καὶ συνήχθησαν οἱ τοπάρχαι, ὕπατοι, στρατηγοί, ἡγούμενοι, τύραννοι μεγάλοι, οἱ ἐπ ἐξουσιῶν καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν χωρῶν εἰς τὸν ἐγκαινισμὸν τῆς εἰκόνος, ἧς ἔστησεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ εἱστήκεισαν ἐνώπιον τῆς εἰκόνος, ἧς ἔστησεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ.So the satraps, the prefects, and the governors, the counselors, the treasurers, the justices, the magistrates, and all the officials of the provinces, assembled for the dedication of the statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up. When they were standing before the statue that Nebuchadnezzar had set up,
4καὶ ὁ κῆρυξ ἐβόα ἐν ἰσχύι Ὑμῖν λέγεται, λαοί, φυλαί, γλῶσσαι·the herald proclaimed aloud, "You are commanded, O peoples, nations, and languages,
5ᾗ ἂν ὥρᾳ ἀκούσητε τῆς φωνῆς τῆς σάλπιγγος σύριγγός τε καὶ κιθάρας, σαμβύκης καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ συμφωνίας καὶ παντὸς γένους μουσικῶν, πίπτοντες προσκυνεῖτε τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ, ᾗ ἔστησεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεύς·that when you hear the sound of the horn, pipe, lyre, trigon, harp, drum, and entire musical ensemble, you are to fall down and worship the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar has set up.
6καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃ, αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐμβληθήσεται εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν καιομένην.Whoever does not fall down and worship shall immediately be thrown into a furnace of blazing fire."
7καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἤκουσαν οἱ λαοὶ τῆς φωνῆς τῆς σάλπιγγος σύριγγός τε καὶ κιθάρας, σαμβύκης καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ συμφωνίας καὶ παντὸς γένους μουσικῶν, πίπτοντες πάντες οἱ λαοί, φυλαί, γλῶσσαι προσεκύνουν τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ, ᾗ ἔστησεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεύς.Therefore, as soon as all the peoples heard the sound of the horn, pipe, lyre, trigon, harp, drum, and entire musical ensemble, all the peoples, nations, and languages fell down and worshiped the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up.
8τότε προσήλθοσαν ἄνδρες Χαλδαῖοι καὶ διέβαλον τοὺς ΙουδαίουςAccordingly, at this time certain Chaldeans came forward and denounced the Jews.
9τῷ βασιλεῖ Ναβουχοδονοσορ Βασιλεῦ, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ζῆθι·They said to King Nebuchadnezzar, "O king, live forever!
10σύ, βασιλεῦ, ἔθηκας δόγμα πάντα ἄνθρωπον, ὃς ἂν ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς τῆς σάλπιγγος σύριγγός τε καὶ κιθάρας, σαμβύκης καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ συμφωνίας καὶ παντὸς γένους μουσικῶνYou, O king, have made a decree, that everyone who hears the sound of the horn, pipe, lyre, trigon, harp, drum, and entire musical ensemble, shall fall down and worship the golden statue,
11καὶ μὴ πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃ τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ, ἐμβληθήσεται εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν καιομένην·and whoever does not fall down and worship shall be thrown into a furnace of blazing fire.
12εἰσὶν ἄνδρες Ιουδαῖοι, οὓς κατέστησας ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῆς χώρας Βαβυλῶνος, Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω, οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι οὐχ ὑπήκουσαν, βασιλεῦ, τῷ δόγματί σου, τοῖς θεοῖς σου οὐ λατρεύουσιν καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ, ᾗ ἔστησας, οὐ προσκυνοῦσιν.There are certain Jews whom you have appointed over the affairs of the province of Babylon: Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. These pay no heed to you, O king. They do not serve your gods and they do not worship the golden statue that you have set up."
13τότε Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ εἶπεν ἀγαγεῖν τὸν Σεδραχ, Μισαχ καὶ Αβδεναγω, καὶ ἤχθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως.Then Nebuchadnezzar in furious rage commanded that Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego be brought in; so they brought those men before the king.
14καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Ναβουχοδονοσορ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Εἰ ἀληθῶς, Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω, τοῖς θεοῖς μου οὐ λατρεύετε καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ, ᾗ ἔστησα, οὐ προσκυνεῖτε;Nebuchadnezzar said to them, "Is it true, O Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, that you do not serve my gods and you do not worship the golden statue that I have set up?
15νῦν οὖν εἰ ἔχετε ἑτοίμως ἵνα, ὡς ἂν ἀκούσητε τῆς φωνῆς τῆς σάλπιγγος σύριγγός τε καὶ κιθάρας, σαμβύκης καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ συμφωνίας καὶ παντὸς γένους μουσικῶν, πεσόντες προσκυνήσητε τῇ εἰκόνι, ᾗ ἐποίησα· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ προσκυνήσητε, αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐμβληθήσεσθε εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν καιομένην· καὶ τίς ἐστιν θεός, ὃς ἐξελεῖται ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου;Now if you are ready when you hear the sound of the horn, pipe, lyre, trigon, harp, drum, and entire musical ensemble to fall down and worship the statue that I have made, well and good. But if you do not worship, you shall immediately be thrown into a furnace of blazing fire, and who is the god that will deliver you out of my hands?"
16καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω λέγοντες τῷ βασιλεῖ Ναβουχοδονοσορ Οὐ χρείαν ἔχομεν ἡμεῖς περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου ἀποκριθῆναί σοι·Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego answered the king, "O Nebuchadnezzar, we have no need to present a defense to you in this matter.
17ἔστιν γὰρ θεός, ᾧ ἡμεῖς λατρεύομεν, δυνατὸς ἐξελέσθαι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς καμίνου τοῦ πυρὸς τῆς καιομένης, καὶ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου, βασιλεῦ, ῥύσεται ἡμᾶς·If our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the furnace of blazing fire and out of your hand, O king, let him deliver us.
18καὶ ἐὰν μή, γνωστὸν ἔστω σοι, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι τοῖς θεοῖς σου οὐ λατρεύομεν καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ, ᾗ ἔστησας, οὐ προσκυνοῦμεν.But if not, be it known to you, O king, that we will not serve your gods and we will not worship the golden statue that you have set up."
19τότε Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἐπλήσθη θυμοῦ, καὶ ἡ ὄψις τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἠλλοιώθη ἐπὶ Σεδραχ, Μισαχ καὶ Αβδεναγω, καὶ εἶπεν ἐκκαῦσαι τὴν κάμινον ἑπταπλασίως, ἕως οὗ εἰς τέλος ἐκκαῇ·Then Nebuchadnezzar was so filled with rage against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego that his face was distorted. He ordered the furnace heated up seven times more than was customary,
20καὶ ἄνδρας ἰσχυροὺς ἰσχύι εἶπεν πεδήσαντας τὸν Σεδραχ, Μισαχ καὶ Αβδεναγω ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν καιομένην.and ordered some of the strongest guards in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and to throw them into the furnace of blazing fire.
21τότε οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι ἐπεδήθησαν σὺν τοῖς σαραβάροις αὐτῶν καὶ τιάραις καὶ περικνημῖσι καὶ ἐνδύμασιν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβλήθησαν εἰς μέσον τῆς καμίνου τοῦ πυρὸς τῆς καιομένης.So the men were bound, still wearing their tunics, their trousers, their hats, and their other garments, and they were thrown into the furnace of blazing fire.
22ἐπεὶ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ βασιλέως ὑπερίσχυεν, καὶ ἡ κάμινος ἐξεκαύθη ἐκ περισσοῦ.Because the king’s command was urgent and the furnace was so overheated.
23καὶ οἱ τρεῖς οὗτοι Σεδραχ, Μισαχ καὶ Αβδεναγω ἔπεσον εἰς μέσον τῆς καμίνου τοῦ πυρὸς τῆς καιομένης πεπεδημένοι.But the three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, fell down, bound, into the furnace of blazing fire.]
24Καὶ περιεπάτουν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς φλογὸς ὑμνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν καὶ εὐλογοῦντες τὸν κύριον.They walked around in the midst of the flames, singing hymns to God and blessing the Lord.
25καὶ συστὰς Αζαριας προσηύξατο οὕτως καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ πυρὸς εἶπενThen Azariah stood still in the fire and prayed aloud:
26Εὐλογητὸς εἶ, κύριε ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ αἰνετός, καὶ δεδοξασμένον τὸ ὄνομά σου εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας,"Blessed are you, O Lord, God of our ancestors, and worthy of praise; and glorious is your name forever!
27ὅτι δίκαιος εἶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, οἷς ἐποίησας ἡμῖν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου ἀληθινά, καὶ εὐθεῖαι αἱ ὁδοί σου, καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ κρίσεις σου ἀλήθεια,For you are just in all you have done; all your works are true and your ways right, and all your judgments are true.
28καὶ κρίματα ἀληθείας ἐποίησας κατὰ πάντα, ἃ ἐπήγαγες ἡμῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν τὴν τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν Ιερου σαλημ, ὅτι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ κρίσει ἐπήγαγες πάντα ταῦτα διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν.You have executed true judgments in all you have brought upon us and upon Jerusalem, the holy city of our ancestors; by a true judgment you have brought all this upon us because of our sins.
29ὅτι ἡμάρτομεν καὶ ἠνομήσαμεν ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ ἐξημάρτομεν ἐν πᾶσιν καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου οὐκ ἠκούσαμενFor we have sinned and broken your law in turning away from you; in all matters we have sinned grievously.
30οὐδὲ συνετηρήσαμεν οὐδὲ ἐποιήσαμεν καθὼς ἐνετείλω ἡμῖν, ἵνα εὖ ἡμῖν γένηται.We have not obeyed your commandments, we have not kept them or done what you have commanded us for our own good.
31καὶ πάντα, ὅσα ἡμῖν ἐπήγαγες, καὶ πάντα, ὅσα ἐποίησας ἡμῖν, ἐν ἀληθινῇ κρίσει ἐποίησαςSo all that you have brought upon us, and all that you have done to us, you have done by a true judgment.
32καὶ παρέδωκας ἡμᾶς εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν ἀνόμων ἐχθίστων ἀποστατῶν καὶ βασιλεῖ ἀδίκῳ καὶ πονηροτάτῳ παρὰ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.You have handed us over to our enemies, lawless and hateful rebels, and to an unjust king, the most wicked in all the world.
33καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀνοῖξαι τὸ στόμα, αἰσχύνη καὶ ὄνειδος ἐγενήθη τοῖς δούλοις σου καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις σε.And now we cannot open our mouths; we, your servants who worship you, have become a shame and a reproach.
34μὴ δὴ παραδῷς ἡμᾶς εἰς τέλος διὰ τὸ ὄνομά σου καὶ μὴ διασκεδάσῃς τὴν διαθήκην σουFor your name’s sake do not give us up forever, and do not annul your covenant.
35καὶ μὴ ἀποστήσῃς τὸ ἔλεός σου ἀφ ἡμῶν δι Αβρααμ τὸν ἠγαπημένον ὑπὸ σοῦ καὶ διὰ Ισαακ τὸν δοῦλόν σου καὶ Ισραηλ τὸν ἅγιόν σου,Do not withdraw your mercy from us, for the sake of Abraham your beloved and for the sake of your servant Isaac and Israel your holy one,
36οἷς ἐλάλησας πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγων πληθῦναι τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν ὡς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ὡς τὴν ἄμμον τὴν παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης.to whom you promised to multiply their descendants like the stars of heaven and like the sand on the shore of the sea.
37ὅτι, δέσποτα, ἐσμικρύνθημεν παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη καί ἐσμεν ταπεινοὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ σήμερον διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν,For we, O Lord, have become fewer than any other nation, and are brought low this day in all the world because of our sins.
38καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ἄρχων καὶ προφήτης καὶ ἡγούμενος οὐδὲ ὁλοκαύτωσις οὐδὲ θυσία οὐδὲ προσφορὰ οὐδὲ θυμίαμα, οὐ τόπος τοῦ καρπῶσαι ἐναντίον σου καὶ εὑρεῖν ἔλεος·In our day we have no ruler, or prophet, or leader, no burnt offering, or sacrifice, or oblation, or incense, no place to make an offering before you and to find mercy.
39ἀλλ ἐν ψυχῇ συντετριμμένῃ καὶ πνεύματι ταπεινώσεως προσ δεχθείημεν ὡς ἐν ὁλοκαυτώμασιν κριῶν καὶ ταύρων καὶ ὡς ἐν μυριάσιν ἀρνῶν πιόνων·Yet with a contrite heart and a humble spirit may we be accepted, as though it were with burnt offerings of rams and bulls, or with tens of thousands of fat lambs;
40οὕτως γενέσθω θυσία ἡμῶν ἐνώπιόν σου σήμερον καὶ ἐκτελέσαι ὄπισθέν σου, ὅτι οὐκ ἔσται αἰσχύνη τοῖς πεποιθόσιν ἐπὶ σοί.such may our sacrifice be in your sight today, and may we unreservedly follow you, for no shame will come to those who trust in you.
41καὶ νῦν ἐξακολουθοῦμεν ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ καὶ φοβούμεθά σε καὶ ζητοῦμεν τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, μὴ καταισχύνῃς ἡμᾶς,And now with all our heart we follow you; we fear you and seek your presence. Do not put us to shame,
42ἀλλὰ ποίησον μεθ ἡμῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιείκειάν σου καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους σουbut deal with us in your patience and in your abundant mercy.
43καὶ ἐξελοῦ ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὰ θαυμάσιά σου καὶ δὸς δόξαν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, κύριε.Deliver us in accordance with your marvelous works, and bring glory to your name, O Lord.
44καὶ ἐντραπείησαν πάντες οἱ ἐνδεικνύμενοι τοῖς δούλοις σου κακὰ καὶ καταισχυνθείησαν ἀπὸ πάσης δυνάμεως καὶ δυναστείας, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν συντριβείη·Let all who do harm to your servants be put to shame; let them be disgraced and deprived of all power, and let their strength be broken.
45γνώτωσαν ὅτι σὺ εἶ κύριος ὁ θεὸς μόνος καὶ ἔνδοξος ἐφ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην.Let them know that you alone are the Lord God, glorious over the whole world."
46Καὶ οὐ διέλειπον οἱ ἐμβαλόντες αὐτοὺς ὑπηρέται τοῦ βασιλέως καίοντες τὴν κάμινον νάφθαν καὶ πίσσαν καὶ στιππύον καὶ κληματίδα.Now the king’s servants who threw them in kept stoking the furnace with naphtha, pitch, tow, and brushwood.
47καὶ διεχεῖτο ἡ φλὸξ ἐπάνω τῆς καμίνου ἐπὶ πήχεις τεσσαράκοντα ἐννέαAnd the flames poured out above the furnace forty-nine cubits,
48καὶ διώδευσεν καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν οὓς εὗρεν περὶ τὴν κάμινον τῶν Χαλδαίων.and spread out and burned those Chaldeans who were caught near the furnace.
49ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος κυρίου συγκατέβη ἅμα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Αζαριαν εἰς τὴν κάμινον καὶ ἐξετίναξεν τὴν φλόγα τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκ τῆς καμίνουBut the angel of the Lord came down into the furnace to be with Azariah and his companions, and drove the fiery flame out of the furnace,
50καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ μέσον τῆς καμίνου ὡς πνεῦμα δρόσου διασυρίζον, καὶ οὐχ ἥψατο αὐτῶν τὸ καθόλου τὸ πῦρ καὶ οὐκ ἐλύπησεν οὐδὲ παρηνώχλησεν αὐτοῖς.and made the inside of the furnace as though a moist wind were whistling through it. The fire did not touch them at all and caused them no pain or distress.
51Τότε οἱ τρεῖς ὡς ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος ὕμνουν καὶ ἐδόξαζον καὶ εὐλόγουν τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ λέγοντεςThen the three with one voice praised and glorified and blessed God in the furnace:
52Εὐλογητὸς εἶ, κύριε ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ αἰνετὸς καὶ ὑπερυψούμενος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ εὐλογημένον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δόξης σου τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπεραινετὸν καὶ ὑπερυψούμενον εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας."Blessed are you, O Lord, God of our ancestors, and to be praised and highly exalted forever; And blessed is your glorious, holy name, and to be highly praised and highly exalted forever.
53εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῆς ἁγίας δόξης σου καὶ ὑπερυμνητὸς καὶ ὑπερένδοξος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Blessed are you in the temple of your holy glory, and to be extolled and highly glorified forever.
54εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐπὶ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ὑπερυμνητὸς καὶ ὑπερυψούμενος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Blessed are you who look into the depths from your throne on the cherubim, and to be praised and highly exalted forever.
55εὐλογημένος εἶ, ὁ ἐπιβλέπων ἀβύσσους καθήμενος ἐπὶ χερουβιν, καὶ αἰνετὸς καὶ ὑπερυψούμενος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Blessed are you on the throne of your kingdom, and to be extolled and highly exalted forever.
56εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ὑμνητὸς καὶ δεδοξασμένος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Blessed are you in the firmament of heaven, and to be sung and glorified forever.
57εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ ἔργα κυρίου, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας."Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
58εὐλογεῖτε, ἄγγελοι κυρίου, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you angels of the Lord; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
59εὐλογεῖτε, οὐρανοί, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you heavens; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
60εὐλογεῖτε, ὕδατα πάντα τὰ ἐπάνω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, all you waters above the heavens; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
61εὐλογεῖτε, πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, all you powers of the Lord; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
62εὐλογεῖτε, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, sun and moon; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
63εὐλογεῖτε, ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, stars of heaven; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
64εὐλογεῖτε, πᾶς ὄμβρος καὶ δρόσος, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας."Bless the Lord, all rain and dew; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
65εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ πνεύματα, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, all you winds; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
66εὐλογεῖτε, πῦρ καὶ καῦμα, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, fire and heat; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
67εὐλογεῖτε, ψῦχος καὶ καύσων, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, winter cold and summer heat; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
68εὐλογεῖτε, δρόσοι καὶ νιφετοί, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, dews and falling snow; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
69εὐλογεῖτε, πάγος καὶ ψῦχος, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, nights and days; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
70εὐλογεῖτε, πάχναι καὶ χιόνες, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, light and darkness; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
71εὐλογεῖτε, νύκτες καὶ ἡμέραι, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, ice and cold; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
72εὐλογεῖτε, φῶς καὶ σκότος, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, frosts and snows; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
73εὐλογεῖτε, ἀστραπαὶ καὶ νεφέλαι, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, lightnings and clouds; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
74εὐλογείτω ἡ γῆ τὸν κύριον· ὑμνείτω καὶ ὑπερυψούτω αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας."Let the earth bless the Lord; let it sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
75εὐλογεῖτε, ὄρη καὶ βουνοί, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, mountains and hills; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
76εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ φυόμενα ἐν τῇ γῇ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, all that grows in the ground; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
77εὐλογεῖτε, αἱ πηγαί, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, seas and rivers; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
78εὐλογεῖτε, θάλασσαι καὶ ποταμοί, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you springs; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
79εὐλογεῖτε, κήτη καὶ πάντα τὰ κινούμενα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you whales and all that swim in the waters; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
80εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, all birds of the air; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
81εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ κτήνη, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, all wild animals and cattle; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
82εὐλογεῖτε, οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας."Bless the Lord, all people on earth; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
83εὐλογεῖτε, Ισραηλ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, O Israel; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
84εὐλογεῖτε, ἱερεῖς κυρίου, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you priests of the Lord; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
85εὐλογεῖτε, δοῦλοι κυρίου, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you servants of the Lord; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
86εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, spirits and souls of the righteous; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
87εὐλογεῖτε, ὅσιοι καὶ ταπεινοὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.Bless the Lord, you who are holy and humble in heart; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever.
88εὐλογεῖτε, Ανανια, Αζαρια, Μισαηλ, τὸν κύριον· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ὅτι ἐξείλατο ἡμᾶς ἐξ ᾅδου καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς θανάτου ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς ἐκ μέσου καμίνου καιομένης φλογὸς καὶ ἐκ μέσου πυρὸς ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς."Bless the Lord, Hananiah, Azariah, and Mishael; sing praise to him and highly exalt him forever. For he has rescued us from Hades and saved us from the power of death, and delivered us from the midst of the burning fiery furnace; from the midst of the fire he has delivered us.
89ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ κυρίῳ, ὅτι χρηστός, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ.Give thanks to the Lord, for he is good, for his mercy endures forever.
90εὐλογεῖτε, πάντες οἱ σεβόμενοι τὸν κύριον τὸν θεὸν τῶν θεῶν· ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ἐξομολογεῖσθε, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ.All who worship the Lord, bless the God of gods, sing praise to him and give thanks to him, for his mercy endures forever."
24Καὶ Ναβουχοδονοσορ ἤκουσεν ὑμνούντων αὐτῶν καὶ ἐθαύμασεν καὶ ἐξανέστη ἐν σπουδῇ καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ Οὐχὶ ἄνδρας τρεῖς ἐβάλομεν εἰς μέσον τοῦ πυρὸς πεπεδημένους; καὶ εἶπαν τῷ βασιλεῖ Ἀληθῶς, βασιλεῦ.[ Then King Nebuchadnezzar was astonished and rose up quickly. He said to his counselors, "Was it not three men that we threw bound into the fire?" They answered the king, "True, O king."
25καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ὁρῶ ἄνδρας τέσσαρας λελυμένους καὶ περιπατοῦντας ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ πυρός, καὶ διαφθορὰ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἡ ὅρασις τοῦ τετάρτου ὁμοία υἱῷ θεοῦ.He replied, "But I see four men unbound, walking in the middle of the fire, and they are not hurt; and the fourth has the appearance of a god."
26τότε προσῆλθεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ πρὸς τὴν θύραν τῆς καμίνου τοῦ πυρὸς τῆς καιομένης καὶ εἶπεν Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου, ἐξέλθετε καὶ δεῦτε. καὶ ἐξῆλθον Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω ἐκ μέσου τοῦ πυρός.Nebuchadnezzar then approached the door of the furnace of blazing fire and said, "Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, servants of the Most High God, come out! Come here!" So Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego came out from the fire.
27καὶ συνάγονται οἱ σατράπαι καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ τοπάρχαι καὶ οἱ δυνάσται τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐθεώρουν τοὺς ἄνδρας ὅτι οὐκ ἐκυρίευσεν τὸ πῦρ τοῦ σώματος αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ θρὶξ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐφλογίσθη, καὶ τὰ σαράβαρα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἠλλοιώθη, καὶ ὀσμὴ πυρὸς οὐκ ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς.And the satraps, the prefects, the governors, and the king’s counselors gathered together and saw that the fire had not had any power over the bodies of those men; the hair of their heads was not singed, their tunics were not harmed, and not even the smell of fire came from them.
28καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Ναβουχοδονοσορ καὶ εἶπεν Εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω, ὃς ἀπέστειλεν τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξείλατο τοὺς παῖδας αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐπεποίθεισαν ἐπ αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ βασιλέως ἠλλοίωσαν καὶ παρέδωκαν τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν εἰς πῦρ, ὅπως μὴ λατρεύσωσιν μηδὲ προσκυνήσωσιν παντὶ θεῷ ἀλλ ἢ τῷ θεῷ αὐτῶν·Nebuchadnezzar said, "Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who has sent his angel and delivered his servants who trusted in him. They disobeyed the king’s command and yielded up their bodies rather than serve and worship any god except their own God.
29καὶ ἐγὼ ἐκτίθεμαι δόγμα Πᾶς λαός, φυλή, γλῶσσα, ἣ ἂν εἴπῃ βλασφημίαν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω, εἰς ἀπώλειαν ἔσονται καὶ οἱ οἶκοι αὐτῶν εἰς διαρπαγήν, καθότι οὐκ ἔστιν θεὸς ἕτερος ὅστις δυνήσεται ῥύσασθαι οὕτως.Therefore I make a decree: Any people, nation, or language that utters blasphemy against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego shall be torn limb from limb, and their houses laid in ruins; for there is no other god who is able to deliver in this way."
30τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς κατεύθυνεν τὸν Σεδραχ, Μισαχ, Αβδεναγω ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ Βαβυλῶνος καὶ ἠξίωσεν αὐτοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι πάντων τῶν Ιουδαίων τῶν ὄντων ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ.Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego in the province of Babylon. and advanced them, and gave them authority to rule over all the Jews who were in his kingdom.
31Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεὺς πᾶσι τοῖς λαοῖς, φυλαῖς καὶ γλώσσαις τοῖς οἰκοῦσιν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πληθυνθείη·King Nebuchadnezzar to all peoples, nations, and languages that live throughout the earth: May you have abundant prosperity!
32τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ τέρατα, ἃ ἐποίησεν μετ ἐμοῦ ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὕψιστος, ἤρεσεν ἐναντίον ἐμοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖνThe signs and wonders that the Most High God has worked for me I am pleased to recount.
33ὡς μεγάλα καὶ ἰσχυρά· ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ βασιλεία αἰώνιος, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν.How great are his signs, how mighty his wonders! His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and his sovereignty is from generation to generation.

Chapter 4

1ἐγὼ Ναβουχοδονοσορ εὐθηνῶν ἤμην ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου καὶ εὐθαλῶν.I, Nebuchadnezzar, was living at ease in my home and prospering in my palace.
2ἐνύπνιον εἶδον, καὶ ἐφοβέρισέν με, καὶ ἐταράχθην ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης μου, καὶ αἱ ὁράσεις τῆς κεφαλῆς μου συνετάραξάν με.I saw a dream that frightened me; my fantasies in bed and the visions of my head terrified me.
3καὶ δι ἐμοῦ ἐτέθη δόγμα τοῦ εἰσαγαγεῖν ἐνώπιόν μου πάντας τοὺς σοφοὺς Βαβυλῶνος, ὅπως τὴν σύγκρισιν τοῦ ἐνυπνίου γνωρίσωσίν μοι.So I made a decree that all the wise men of Babylon should be brought before me, in order that they might tell me the interpretation of the dream.
4καὶ εἰσεπορεύοντο οἱ ἐπαοιδοί, μάγοι, γαζαρηνοί, Χαλδαῖοι, καὶ τὸ ἐνύπνιον εἶπα ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐγνώρισάν μοι,Then the magicians, the enchanters, the Chaldeans, and the diviners came in, and I told them the dream, but they could not tell me its interpretation.
5ἕως οὗ ἦλθεν Δανιηλ, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα Βαλτασαρ κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ μου, ὃς πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχει, καὶ τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ εἶπαAt last Daniel came in before me — he who was named Belteshazzar after the name of my god, and who is endowed with a spirit of the holy gods — and I told him the dream:
6Βαλτασαρ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν ἐπαοιδῶν, ὃν ἐγὼ ἔγνων ὅτι πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον ἐν σοὶ καὶ πᾶν μυστήριον οὐκ ἀδυνατεῖ σε, ἄκουσον τὴν ὅρασιν τοῦ ἐνυπνίου, οὗ εἶδον, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ εἰπόν μοι."O Belteshazzar, chief of the magicians, I know that you are endowed with a spirit of the holy gods and that no mystery is too difficult for you. Hear the dream that I saw; tell me its interpretation.
7ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης μου ἐθεώρουν, καὶ ἰδοὺ δένδρον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὸ ὕψος αὐτοῦ πολύ.Upon my bed this is what I saw; there was a tree at the center of the earth, and its height was great.
8ἐμεγαλύνθη τὸ δένδρον καὶ ἴσχυσεν, καὶ τὸ ὕψος αὐτοῦ ἔφθασεν ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τὸ κύτος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ πέρατα πάσης τῆς γῆς·The tree grew great and strong, its top reached to heaven, and it was visible to the ends of the whole earth.
9τὰ φύλλα αὐτοῦ ὡραῖα, καὶ ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ πολύς, καὶ τροφὴ πάντων ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ κατεσκήνουν τὰ θηρία τὰ ἄγρια, καὶ ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ κατῴκουν τὰ ὄρνεα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐτρέφετο πᾶσα σάρξ.Its foliage was beautiful, its fruit abundant, and it provided food for all. The animals of the field found shade under it, the birds of the air nested in its branches, and from it all living beings were fed.
10ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης μου, καὶ ἰδοὺ ιρ καὶ ἅγιος ἀπ οὐρανοῦ κατέβη"I continued looking, in the visions of my head as I lay in bed, and there was a holy watcher, coming down from heaven.
11καὶ ἐφώνησεν ἐν ἰσχύι καὶ οὕτως εἶπεν Ἐκκόψατε τὸ δένδρον καὶ ἐκτίλατε τοὺς κλάδους αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκτινάξατε τὰ φύλλα αὐτοῦ καὶ διασκορπίσατε τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ· σαλευθήτωσαν τὰ θηρία ὑποκάτωθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ὄρνεα ἀπὸ τῶν κλάδων αὐτοῦ·He cried aloud and said: ’Cut down the tree and chop off its branches, strip off its foliage and scatter its fruit. Let the animals flee from beneath it and the birds from its branches.
12πλὴν τὴν φυὴν τῶν ῥιζῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐάσατε καὶ ἐν δεσμῷ σιδηρῷ καὶ χαλκῷ καὶ ἐν τῇ χλόῃ τῇ ἔξω, καὶ ἐν τῇ δρόσῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κοιτασθήσεται, καὶ μετὰ τῶν θηρίων ἡ μερὶς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ χόρτῳ τῆς γῆς.But leave its stump and roots in the ground, with a band of iron and bronze, in the tender grass of the field. Let him be bathed with the dew of heaven, and let his lot be with the animals of the field in the grass of the earth.
13ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀλλοιωθήσεται, καὶ καρδία θηρίου δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ ἑπτὰ καιροὶ ἀλλαγήσονται ἐπ αὐτόν.Let his mind be changed from that of a human, and let the mind of an animal be given to him. And let seven times pass over him.
14διὰ συγκρίματος ιρ ὁ λόγος, καὶ ῥῆμα ἁγίων τὸ ἐπερώτημα, ἵνα γνῶσιν οἱ ζῶντες ὅτι κύριός ἐστιν ὁ ὕψιστος τῆς βασιλείας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν δόξῃ, δώσει αὐτὴν καὶ ἐξουδένημα ἀνθρώπων ἀναστήσει ἐπ αὐτήν.The sentence is rendered by decree of the watchers, the decision is given by order of the holy ones, in order that all who live may know that the Most High is sovereign over the kingdom of mortals; he gives it to whom he will and sets over it the lowliest of human beings.’
15τοῦτο τὸ ἐνύπνιον, ὃ εἶδον ἐγὼ Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ σύ, Βαλτασαρ, τὸ σύγκριμα εἰπόν, ὅτι πάντες οἱ σοφοὶ τῆς βασιλείας μου οὐ δύνανται τὸ σύγκριμα αὐτοῦ δηλῶσαί μοι, σὺ δέ, Δανιηλ, δύνασαι, ὅτι πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον ἐν σοί."This is the dream that I, King Nebuchadnezzar, saw. Now you, Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation, since all the wise men of my kingdom are unable to tell me the interpretation. You are able, however, for you are endowed with a spirit of the holy gods."
16τότε Δανιηλ, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα Βαλτασαρ, ἀπηνεώθη ὡσεὶ ὥραν μίαν, καὶ οἱ διαλογισμοὶ αὐτοῦ συνετάρασσον αὐτόν. καὶ ἀπεκρίθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ εἶπεν Βαλτασαρ, τὸ ἐνύπνιον καὶ ἡ σύγκρισις μὴ κατασπευσάτω σε. καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Βαλτασαρ καὶ εἶπεν Κύριε, τὸ ἐνύπνιον τοῖς μισοῦσίν σε καὶ ἡ σύγκρισις αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου.Then Daniel, who was called Belteshazzar, was severely distressed for a while. His thoughts terrified him. The king said, "Belteshazzar, do not let the dream or the interpretation terrify you." Belteshazzar answered, "My lord, may the dream be for those who hate you, and its interpretation for your enemies!
17τὸ δένδρον, ὃ εἶδες, τὸ μεγαλυνθὲν καὶ τὸ ἰσχυκός, οὗ τὸ ὕψος ἔφθασεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸ κύτος αὐτοῦ εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆνThe tree that you saw, which grew great and strong, so that its top reached to heaven and was visible to the end of the whole earth,
18καὶ τὰ φύλλα αὐτοῦ εὐθαλῆ καὶ ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ πολὺς καὶ τροφὴ πᾶσιν ἐν αὐτῷ, ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ κατῴκουν τὰ θηρία τὰ ἄγρια καὶ ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ κατεσκήνουν τὰ ὄρνεα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,whose foliage was beautiful and its fruit abundant, and which provided food for all, under which animals of the field lived, and in whose branches the birds of the air had nests —
19σὺ εἶ, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι ἐμεγαλύνθης καὶ ἴσχυσας καὶ ἡ μεγαλωσύνη σου ἐμεγαλύνθη καὶ ἔφθασεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἡ κυριεία σου εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς.it is you, O king! You have grown great and strong. Your greatness has increased and reaches to heaven, and your sovereignty to the ends of the earth.
20καὶ ὅτι εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ιρ καὶ ἅγιον καταβαίνοντα ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν Ἐκτίλατε τὸ δένδρον καὶ διαφθείρατε αὐτό, πλὴν τὴν φυὴν τῶν ῥιζῶν αὐτοῦ ἐάσατε ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ ἐν δεσμῷ σιδηρῷ καὶ χαλκῷ καὶ ἐν τῇ χλόῃ τῇ ἔξω, καὶ ἐν τῇ δρόσῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὐλισθήσεται, καὶ μετὰ θηρίων ἀγρίων ἡ μερὶς αὐτοῦ, ἕως οὗ ἑπτὰ καιροὶ ἀλλοιωθῶσιν ἐπ αὐτόν,And whereas the king saw a holy watcher coming down from heaven and saying, ’Cut down the tree and destroy it, but leave its stump and roots in the ground, with a band of iron and bronze, in the grass of the field; and let him be bathed with the dew of heaven, and let his lot be with the animals of the field, until seven times pass over him’ —
21τοῦτο ἡ σύγκρισις αὐτοῦ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ σύγκριμα ὑψίστου ἐστίν, ὃ ἔφθασεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριόν μου τὸν βασιλέα,this is the interpretation, O king, and it is a decree of the Most High that has come upon my lord the king:
22καὶ σὲ ἐκδιώξουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ μετὰ θηρίων ἀγρίων ἔσται ἡ κατοικία σου, καὶ χόρτον ὡς βοῦν ψωμιοῦσίν σε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὐλισθήσῃ, καὶ ἑπτὰ καιροὶ ἀλλαγήσονται ἐπὶ σέ, ἕως οὗ γνῷς ὅτι κυριεύει ὁ ὕψιστος τῆς βασιλείας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ᾧ ἂν δόξῃ, δώσει αὐτήν.You shall be driven away from human society, and your dwelling shall be with the wild animals. You shall be made to eat grass like oxen, you shall be bathed with the dew of heaven, and seven times shall pass over you, until you have learned that the Most High has sovereignty over the kingdom of mortals, and gives it to whom he will.
23καὶ ὅτι εἶπαν Ἐάσατε τὴν φυὴν τῶν ῥιζῶν τοῦ δένδρου, ἡ βασιλεία σού σοι μενεῖ, ἀφ ἧς ἂν γνῷς τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν οὐράνιον.As it was commanded to leave the stump and roots of the tree, your kingdom shall be re-established for you from the time that you learn that Heaven is sovereign.
24διὰ τοῦτο, βασιλεῦ, ἡ βουλή μου ἀρεσάτω σοι, καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου ἐν ἐλεημοσύναις λύτρωσαι καὶ τὰς ἀδικίας σου ἐν οἰκτιρμοῖς πενήτων· ἴσως ἔσται μακρόθυμος τοῖς παραπτώμασίν σου ὁ θεός.Therefore, O king, may my counsel be acceptable to you: atone for your sins with righteousness, and your iniquities with mercy to the oppressed, so that your prosperity may be prolonged."
25ταῦτα πάντα ἔφθασεν ἐπὶ Ναβουχοδονοσορ τὸν βασιλέα.All this came upon King Nebuchadnezzar.
26μετὰ δωδεκάμηνον ἐπὶ τῷ ναῷ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι περιπατῶνAt the end of twelve months he was walking on the roof of the royal palace of Babylon,
27ἀπεκρίθη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ εἶπεν Οὐχ αὕτη ἐστὶν Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, ἣν ἐγὼ ᾠκοδόμησα εἰς οἶκον βασιλείας ἐν τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος μου εἰς τιμὴν τῆς δόξης μου;and the king said, "Is this not magnificent Babylon, which I have built as a royal capital by my mighty power and for my glorious majesty?"
28ἔτι τοῦ λόγου ἐν στόματι τοῦ βασιλέως ὄντος φωνὴ ἀπ οὐρανοῦ ἐγένετο Σοὶ λέγουσιν, Ναβουχοδονοσορ βασιλεῦ, ἡ βασιλεία παρῆλθεν ἀπὸ σοῦ,While the words were still in the king’s mouth, a voice came from heaven: "O King Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is declared: The kingdom has departed from you!
29καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σε ἐκδιώξουσιν, καὶ μετὰ θηρίων ἀγρίων ἡ κατοικία σου, καὶ χόρτον ὡς βοῦν ψωμιοῦσίν σε, καὶ ἑπτὰ καιροὶ ἀλλαγήσονται ἐπὶ σέ, ἕως οὗ γνῷς ὅτι κυριεύει ὁ ὕψιστος τῆς βασιλείας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν δόξῃ, δώσει αὐτήν.You shall be driven away from human society, and your dwelling shall be with the animals of the field. You shall be made to eat grass like oxen, and seven times shall pass over you, until you have learned that the Most High has sovereignty over the kingdom of mortals and gives it to whom he will."
30αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ὁ λόγος συνετελέσθη ἐπὶ Ναβουχοδονοσορ, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξεδιώχθη καὶ χόρτον ὡς βοῦς ἤσθιεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐβάφη, ἕως οὗ αἱ τρίχες αὐτοῦ ὡς λεόντων ἐμεγαλύνθησαν καὶ οἱ ὄνυχες αὐτοῦ ὡς ὀρνέων.Immediately the sentence was fulfilled against Nebuchadnezzar. He was driven away from human society, ate grass like oxen, and his body was bathed with the dew of heaven, until his hair grew as long as eagles’ feathers and his nails became like birds’ claws.
31καὶ μετὰ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐγὼ Ναβουχοδονοσορ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνέλαβον, καὶ αἱ φρένες μου ἐπ ἐμὲ ἐπεστράφησαν, καὶ τῷ ὑψίστῳ εὐλόγησα καὶ τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ᾔνεσα καὶ ἐδόξασα, ὅτι ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐξουσία αἰώνιος καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν,When that period was over, I, Nebuchadnezzar, lifted my eyes to heaven, and my reason returned to me. I blessed the Most High, and praised and honored the one who lives forever. For his sovereignty is an everlasting sovereignty, and his kingdom endures from generation to generation.
32καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ὡς οὐδὲν ἐλογίσθησαν, καὶ κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιεῖ ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἐν τῇ κατοικίᾳ τῆς γῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἀντιποιήσεται τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ Τί ἐποίησας;All the inhabitants of the earth are accounted as nothing, and he does what he wills with the host of heaven and the inhabitants of the earth. There is no one who can stay his hand or say to him, "What are you doing?"
33αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ αἱ φρένες μου ἐπεστράφησαν ἐπ ἐμέ, καὶ εἰς τὴν τιμὴν τῆς βασιλείας μου ἦλθον, καὶ ἡ μορφή μου ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπ ἐμέ, καὶ οἱ τύραννοί μου καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνές μου ἐζήτουν με, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν μου ἐκραταιώθην, καὶ μεγαλωσύνη περισσοτέρα προσετέθη μοι.At that time my reason returned to me; and my majesty and splendor were restored to me for the glory of my kingdom. My counselors and my lords sought me out, I was re-established over my kingdom, and still more greatness was added to me.
34νῦν οὖν ἐγὼ Ναβουχοδονοσορ αἰνῶ καὶ ὑπερυψῶ καὶ δοξάζω τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἀληθινὰ καὶ αἱ τρίβοι αὐτοῦ κρίσις, καὶ πάντας τοὺς πορευομένους ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ δύναται ταπεινῶσαι.Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and extol and honor the King of heaven, for all his works are truth, and his ways are justice; and he is able to bring low those who walk in pride.

Chapter 5

1Βαλτασαρ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐποίησεν δεῖπνον μέγα τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ χιλίοις, καὶ κατέναντι τῶν χιλίων ὁ οἶνος. καὶ πίνωνKing Belshazzar made a great festival for a thousand of his lords, and he was drinking wine in the presence of the thousand. Under the influence of the wine,
2Βαλτασαρ εἶπεν ἐν τῇ γεύσει τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ ἐνεγκεῖν τὰ σκεύη τὰ χρυσᾶ καὶ τὰ ἀργυρᾶ, ἃ ἐξήνεγκεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ιερουσαλημ, καὶ πιέτωσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ παλλακαὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ παράκοιτοι αὐτοῦ.Belshazzar commanded that they bring in the vessels of gold and silver that his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple in Jerusalem, so that the king and his lords, his wives, and his concubines might drink from them.
3καὶ ἠνέχθησαν τὰ σκεύη τὰ χρυσᾶ καὶ τὰ ἀργυρᾶ, ἃ ἐξήνεγκεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ιερουσαλημ, καὶ ἔπινον ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ παλλακαὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ παράκοιτοι αὐτοῦ·So they brought in the vessels of gold and silver that had been taken out of the temple, the house of God in Jerusalem, and the king and his lords, his wives, and his concubines drank from them.
4ἔπινον οἶνον καὶ ᾔνεσαν τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς καὶ χαλκοῦς καὶ σιδηροῦς καὶ ξυλίνους καὶ λιθίνους.They drank the wine and praised the gods of gold and silver, bronze, iron, wood, and stone.
5ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐξῆλθον δάκτυλοι χειρὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἔγραφον κατέναντι τῆς λαμπάδος ἐπὶ τὸ κονίαμα τοῦ τοίχου τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐθεώρει τοὺς ἀστραγάλους τῆς χειρὸς τῆς γραφούσης.Immediately the fingers of a human hand appeared and began writing on the plaster of the wall of the royal palace, next to the lampstand. The king was watching the hand as it wrote.
6τότε τοῦ βασιλέως ἡ μορφὴ ἠλλοιώθη, καὶ οἱ διαλογισμοὶ αὐτοῦ συνετάρασσον αὐτόν, καὶ οἱ σύνδεσμοι τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ διελύοντο, καὶ τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ συνεκροτοῦντο.Then the king’s face turned pale, and his thoughts terrified him. His limbs gave way, and his knees knocked together.
7καὶ ἐβόησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν ἰσχύι τοῦ εἰσαγαγεῖν μάγους, Χαλδαίους, γαζαρηνοὺς καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς σοφοῖς Βαβυλῶνος Ὃς ἂν ἀναγνῷ τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν γνωρίσῃ μοι, πορφύραν ἐνδύσεται, καὶ ὁ μανιάκης ὁ χρυσοῦς ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τρίτος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου ἄρξει.The king cried aloud to bring in the enchanters, the Chaldeans, and the diviners; and the king said to the wise men of Babylon, "Whoever can read this writing and tell me its interpretation shall be clothed in purple, have a chain of gold around his neck, and rank third in the kingdom."
8καὶ εἰσεπορεύοντο πάντες οἱ σοφοὶ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο τὴν γραφὴν ἀναγνῶναι οὐδὲ τὴν σύγκρισιν γνωρίσαι τῷ βασιλεῖ.Then all the king’s wise men came in, but they could not read the writing or tell the king the interpretation.
9καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Βαλτασαρ πολὺ ἐταράχθη, καὶ ἡ μορφὴ αὐτοῦ ἠλλοιώθη ἐπ αὐτῷ, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες αὐτοῦ συνεταράσσοντο.Then King Belshazzar became greatly terrified and his face turned pale, and his lords were perplexed.
10καὶ εἰσῆλθεν ἡ βασίλισσα εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πότου καὶ εἶπεν Βασιλεῦ, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ζῆθι· μὴ ταρασσέτωσάν σε οἱ διαλογισμοί σου, καὶ ἡ μορφή σου μὴ ἀλλοιούσθω·The queen, when she heard the discussion of the king and his lords, came into the banqueting hall. The queen said, "O king, live forever! Do not let your thoughts terrify you or your face grow pale.
11ἔστιν ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου, ἐν ᾧ πνεῦμα θεοῦ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ πατρός σου γρηγόρησις καὶ σύνεσις εὑρέθη ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ναβουχοδονοσορ ὁ πατήρ σου ἄρχοντα ἐπαοιδῶν, μάγων, Χαλδαίων, γαζαρηνῶν κατέστησεν αὐτόν,There is a man in your kingdom who is endowed with a spirit of the holy gods. In the days of your father he was found to have enlightenment, understanding, and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods. Your father, King Nebuchadnezzar, made him chief of the magicians, enchanters, Chaldeans, and diviners,
12ὅτι πνεῦμα περισσὸν ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ φρόνησις καὶ σύνεσις, συγκρίνων ἐνύπνια καὶ ἀναγγέλλων κρατούμενα καὶ λύων συνδέσμους, Δανιηλ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῷ ὄνομα Βαλτασαρ· νῦν οὖν κληθήτω, καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι.because an excellent spirit, knowledge, and understanding to interpret dreams, explain riddles, and solve problems were found in this Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar. Now let Daniel be called, and he will give the interpretation."
13τότε Δανιηλ εἰσήχθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Δανιηλ Σὺ εἶ Δανιηλ ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς Ιουδαίας, ἧς ἤγαγεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ πατήρ μου;Then Daniel was brought in before the king. The king said to Daniel, "So you are Daniel, one of the exiles of Judah, whom my father the king brought from Judah?
14ἤκουσα περὶ σοῦ ὅτι πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἐν σοί, καὶ γρηγόρησις καὶ σύνεσις καὶ σοφία περισσὴ εὑρέθη ἐν σοί.I have heard of you that a spirit of the gods is in you, and that enlightenment, understanding, and excellent wisdom are found in you.
15καὶ νῦν εἰσῆλθον ἐνώπιόν μου οἱ σοφοί, μάγοι, γαζαρηνοί, ἵνα τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ἀναγνῶσιν καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτῆς γνωρίσωσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν ἀναγγεῖλαί μοι.Now the wise men, the enchanters, have been brought in before me to read this writing and tell me its interpretation, but they were not able to give the interpretation of the matter.
16καὶ ἐγὼ ἤκουσα περὶ σοῦ ὅτι δύνασαι κρίματα συγκρῖναι· νῦν οὖν ἐὰν δυνηθῇς τὴν γραφὴν ἀναγνῶναι καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτῆς γνωρίσαι μοι, πορφύραν ἐνδύσῃ, καὶ ὁ μανιάκης ὁ χρυσοῦς ἔσται ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλόν σου, καὶ τρίτος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου ἄρξεις.But I have heard that you can give interpretations and solve problems. Now if you are able to read the writing and tell me its interpretation, you shall be clothed in purple, have a chain of gold around your neck, and rank third in the kingdom."
17τότε ἀπεκρίθη Δανιηλ καὶ εἶπεν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως Τὰ δόματά σου σοὶ ἔστω, καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τῆς οἰκίας σου ἑτέρῳ δός· ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν γραφὴν ἀναγνώσομαι τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν αὐτῆς γνωρίσω σοι.Then Daniel answered in the presence of the king, "Let your gifts be for yourself, or give your rewards to someone else! Nevertheless I will read the writing to the king and let him know the interpretation.
18βασιλεῦ, ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὕψιστος τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν μεγαλωσύνην καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἔδωκεν Ναβουχοδονοσορ τῷ πατρί σου,O king, the Most High God gave your father Nebuchadnezzar kingship, greatness, glory, and majesty.
19καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης, ἧς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ, πάντες οἱ λαοί, φυλαί, γλῶσσαι ἦσαν τρέμοντες καὶ φοβούμενοι ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ· οὓς ἠβούλετο, αὐτὸς ἀνῄρει, καὶ οὓς ἠβούλετο, αὐτὸς ἔτυπτεν, καὶ οὓς ἠβούλετο, αὐτὸς ὕψου, καὶ οὓς ἠβούλετο, αὐτὸς ἐταπείνου.And because of the greatness that he gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages trembled and feared before him. He killed those he wanted to kill, kept alive those he wanted to keep alive, honored those he wanted to honor, and degraded those he wanted to degrade.
20καὶ ὅτε ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐκραταιώθη τοῦ ὑπερηφανεύσασθαι, κατηνέχθη ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ ἀφῃρέθη ἀπ αὐτοῦ,But when his heart was lifted up and his spirit was hardened so that he acted proudly, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and his glory was stripped from him.
21καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξεδιώχθη, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν θηρίων ἐδόθη, καὶ μετὰ ὀνάγρων ἡ κατοικία αὐτοῦ, καὶ χόρτον ὡς βοῦν ἐψώμιζον αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐβάφη, ἕως οὗ ἔγνω ὅτι κυριεύει ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὕψιστος τῆς βασιλείας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ᾧ ἂν δόξῃ, δώσει αὐτήν.He was driven from human society, and his mind was made like that of an animal. His dwelling was with the wild asses, he was fed grass like oxen, and his body was bathed with the dew of heaven, until he learned that the Most High God has sovereignty over the kingdom of mortals, and sets over it whomever he will.
22καὶ σὺ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Βαλτασαρ οὐκ ἐταπείνωσας τὴν καρδίαν σου κατενώπιον οὗ πάντα ταῦτα ἔγνως,And you, Belshazzar his son, have not humbled your heart, even though you knew all this!
23καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὑψώθης, καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ ἤνεγκαν ἐνώπιόν σου, καὶ σὺ καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνές σου καὶ αἱ παλλακαί σου καὶ αἱ παράκοιτοί σου οἶνον ἐπίνετε ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς καὶ χαλκοῦς καὶ σιδηροῦς καὶ ξυλίνους καὶ λιθίνους, οἳ οὐ βλέπουσιν καὶ οὐκ ἀκούουσιν καὶ οὐ γινώσκουσιν, ᾔνεσας καὶ τὸν θεόν, οὗ ἡ πνοή σου ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοί σου, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐδόξασας.You have exalted yourself against the Lord of heaven! The vessels of his temple have been brought in before you, and you and your lords, your wives and your concubines have been drinking wine from them. You have praised the gods of silver and gold, of bronze, iron, wood, and stone, which do not see or hear or know; but the God in whose power is your very breath, and to whom belong all your ways, you have not honored.
24διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπεστάλη ἀστράγαλος χειρὸς καὶ τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ἐνέταξεν."So from his presence the hand was sent and this writing was inscribed.
25καὶ αὕτη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ ἐντεταγμένη Μανη θεκελ φαρες.And this is the writing that was inscribed: MENE, MENE, TEKEL, and PARSIN.
26τοῦτο τὸ σύγκριμα τοῦ ῥήματος· μανη, ἐμέτρησεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν βασιλείαν σου καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν αὐτήν·This is the interpretation of the matter: MENE, God has numbered the days of your kingdom and brought it to an end;
27θεκελ, ἐστάθη ἐν ζυγῷ καὶ εὑρέθη ὑστεροῦσα·TEKEL, you have been weighed on the scales and found wanting;
28φαρες, διῄρηται ἡ βασιλεία σου καὶ ἐδόθη Μήδοις καὶ Πέρσαις.PERES, your kingdom is divided and given to the Medes and Persians."
29καὶ εἶπεν Βαλτασαρ καὶ ἐνέδυσαν τὸν Δανιηλ πορφύραν καὶ τὸν μανιάκην τὸν χρυσοῦν περιέθηκαν περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκήρυξεν περὶ αὐτοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἄρχοντα τρίτον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ.Then Belshazzar gave the command, and Daniel was clothed in purple, a chain of gold was put around his neck, and a proclamation was made concerning him that he should rank third in the kingdom.
30ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ νυκτὶ ἀναιρέθη Βαλτασαρ ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ Χαλδαίων.That very night Belshazzar, the Chaldean king, was killed.

Chapter 6

1Καὶ Δαρεῖος ὁ Μῆδος παρέλαβεν τὴν βασιλείαν ὢν ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα δύο.And Darius the Mede received the kingdom, being about sixty-two years old.
2καὶ ἤρεσεν ἐνώπιον Δαρείου καὶ κατέστησεν ἐπὶ τῆς βασιλείας σατράπας ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι τοῦ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦIt pleased Darius to set over the kingdom one hundred twenty satraps, stationed throughout the whole kingdom,
3καὶ ἐπάνω αὐτῶν τακτικοὺς τρεῖς, ὧν ἦν Δανιηλ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἀποδιδόναι αὐτοῖς τοὺς σατράπας λόγον, ὅπως ὁ βασιλεὺς μὴ ἐνοχλῆται·and over them three presidents, including Daniel; to these the satraps gave account, so that the king might suffer no loss.
4καὶ ἦν Δανιηλ ὑπὲρ αὐτούς, ὅτι πνεῦμα περισσὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐφ ὅλης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ.Soon Daniel distinguished himself above all the other presidents and satraps because an excellent spirit was in him, and the king planned to appoint him over the whole kingdom.
5καὶ οἱ τακτικοὶ καὶ οἱ σατράπαι ἐζήτουν πρόφασιν εὑρεῖν κατὰ Δανιηλ· καὶ πᾶσαν πρόφασιν καὶ παράπτωμα καὶ ἀμβλάκημα οὐχ εὗρον κατ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι πιστὸς ἦν.So the presidents and the satraps tried to find grounds for complaint against Daniel in connection with the kingdom. But they could find no grounds for complaint or any corruption, because he was faithful, and no negligence or corruption could be found in him.
6καὶ εἶπον οἱ τακτικοί Οὐχ εὑρήσομεν κατὰ Δανιηλ πρόφασιν εἰ μὴ ἐν νομίμοις θεοῦ αὐτοῦ.The men said, "We shall not find any ground for complaint against this Daniel unless we find it in connection with the law of his God."
7τότε οἱ τακτικοὶ καὶ οἱ σατράπαι παρέστησαν τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ Δαρεῖε βασιλεῦ, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ζῆθι·So the presidents and satraps conspired and came to the king and said to him, "O King Darius, live forever!
8συνεβουλεύσαντο πάντες οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς βασιλείας σου στρατηγοὶ καὶ σατράπαι, ὕπατοι καὶ τοπάρχαι τοῦ στῆσαι στάσει βασιλικῇ καὶ ἐνισχῦσαι ὁρισμόν, ὅπως ὃς ἂν αἰτήσῃ αἴτημα παρὰ παντὸς θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπου ἕως ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα ἀλλ ἢ παρὰ σοῦ, βασιλεῦ, ἐμβληθήσεται εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων·All the presidents of the kingdom, the prefects and the satraps, the counselors and the governors are agreed that the king should establish an ordinance and enforce an interdict, that whoever prays to anyone, divine or human, for thirty days, except to you, O king, shall be thrown into a den of lions.
9νῦν οὖν, βασιλεῦ, στῆσον τὸν ὁρισμὸν καὶ ἔκθες γραφήν, ὅπως μὴ ἀλλοιωθῇ τὸ δόγμα Μήδων καὶ Περσῶν.Now, O king, establish the interdict and sign the document, so that it cannot be changed, according to the law of the Medes and the Persians, which cannot be revoked."
10τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς Δαρεῖος ἐπέταξεν γραφῆναι τὸ δόγμα.Therefore King Darius signed the document and interdict.
11καὶ Δανιηλ, ἡνίκα ἔγνω ὅτι ἐνετάγη τὸ δόγμα, εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ αἱ θυρίδες ἀνεῳγμέναι αὐτῷ ἐν τοῖς ὑπερῴοις αὐτοῦ κατέναντι Ιερουσαλημ, καὶ καιροὺς τρεῖς τῆς ἡμέρας ἦν κάμπτων ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ καὶ προσευχόμενος καὶ ἐξομολογούμενος ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ, καθὼς ἦν ποιῶν ἔμπροσθεν.Although Daniel knew that the document had been signed, he continued to go to his house, which had windows in its upper room open toward Jerusalem, and to get down on his knees three times a day to pray to his God and praise him, just as he had done previously.
12τότε οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι παρετήρησαν καὶ εὗρον τὸν Δανιηλ ἀξιοῦντα καὶ δεόμενον τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ.The conspirators came and found Daniel praying and seeking mercy before his God.
13καὶ προσελθόντες λέγουσιν τῷ βασιλεῖ Βασιλεῦ, οὐχ ὁρισμὸν ἔταξας ὅπως πᾶς ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἂν αἰτήσῃ παρὰ παντὸς θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπου αἴτημα ἕως ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα ἀλλ ἢ παρὰ σοῦ, βασιλεῦ, ἐμβληθήσεται εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων; καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Ἀληθινὸς ὁ λόγος, καὶ τὸ δόγμα Μήδων καὶ Περσῶν οὐ παρελεύσεται.Then they approached the king and said concerning the interdict, "O king! Did you not sign an interdict, that anyone who prays to anyone, divine or human, within thirty days except to you, O king, shall be thrown into a den of lions?" The king answered, "The thing stands fast, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which cannot be revoked."
14τότε ἀπεκρίθησαν καὶ λέγουσιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως Δανιηλ ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς Ιουδαίας οὐχ ὑπετάγη τῷ δόγματί σου περὶ τοῦ ὁρισμοῦ, οὗ ἔταξας, καὶ καιροὺς τρεῖς τῆς ἡμέρας αἰτεῖ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ τὰ αἰτήματα αὐτοῦ.Then they responded to the king, "Daniel, one of the exiles from Judah, pays no attention to you, O king, or to the interdict you have signed, but he is saying his prayers three times a day."
15τότε ὁ βασιλεύς, ὡς τὸ ῥῆμα ἤκουσεν, πολὺ ἐλυπήθη ἐπ αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Δανιηλ ἠγωνίσατο τοῦ ἐξελέσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ ἕως ἑσπέρας ἦν ἀγωνιζόμενος τοῦ ἐξελέσθαι αὐτόν.When the king heard the charge, he was very much distressed. He was determined to save Daniel, and until the sun went down he made every effort to rescue him.
16τότε οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσιν τῷ βασιλεῖ Γνῶθι, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι δόγμα Μήδοις καὶ Πέρσαις τοῦ πᾶν ὁρισμὸν καὶ στάσιν, ἣν ἂν ὁ βασιλεὺς στήσῃ, οὐ δεῖ παραλλάξαι.Then the conspirators came to the king and said to him, "Know, O king, that it is a law of the Medes and Persians that no interdict or ordinance that the king establishes can be changed."
17τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν καὶ ἤγαγον τὸν Δανιηλ καὶ ἐνέβαλον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων· καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Δανιηλ Ὁ θεός σου, ᾧ σὺ λατρεύεις ἐνδελεχῶς, αὐτὸς ἐξελεῖταί σε.Then the king gave the command, and Daniel was brought and thrown into the den of lions. The king said to Daniel, "May your God, whom you faithfully serve, deliver you!"
18καὶ ἤνεγκαν λίθον καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα τοῦ λάκκου, καὶ ἐσφραγίσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν τῷ δακτυλίῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ δακτυλίῳ τῶν μεγιστάνων αὐτοῦ, ὅπως μὴ ἀλλοιωθῇ πρᾶγμα ἐν τῷ Δανιηλ.A stone was brought and laid on the mouth of the den, and the king sealed it with his own signet and with the signet of his lords, so that nothing might be changed concerning Daniel.
19καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκοιμήθη ἄδειπνος, καὶ ἐδέσματα οὐκ εἰσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ ὕπνος ἀπέστη ἀπ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἀπέκλεισεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ στόματα τῶν λεόντων, καὶ οὐ παρηνώχλησαν τῷ Δανιηλ.Then the king went to his palace and spent the night fasting; no food was brought to him, and sleep fled from him.
20τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀνέστη τὸ πρωὶ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ καὶ ἐν σπουδῇ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων·Then, at break of day, the king got up and hurried to the den of lions.
21καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν τῷ λάκκῳ ἐβόησεν φωνῇ ἰσχυρᾷ Δανιηλ ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ὁ θεός σου, ᾧ σὺ λατρεύεις ἐνδελεχῶς, εἰ ἠδυνήθη ἐξελέσθαι σε ἐκ στόματος τῶν λεόντων;When he came near the den where Daniel was, he cried out anxiously to Daniel, "O Daniel, servant of the living God, has your God whom you faithfully serve been able to deliver you from the lions?"
22καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ τῷ βασιλεῖ Βασιλεῦ, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ζῆθι·Daniel then said to the king, "O king, live forever!
23ὁ θεός μου ἀπέστειλεν τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνέφραξεν τὰ στόματα τῶν λεόντων, καὶ οὐκ ἐλυμήναντό με, ὅτι κατέναντι αὐτοῦ εὐθύτης ηὑρέθη μοι· καὶ ἐνώπιον δὲ σοῦ, βασιλεῦ, παράπτωμα οὐκ ἐποίησα.My God sent his angel and shut the lions’ mouths so that they would not hurt me, because I was found blameless before him; and also before you, O king, I have done no wrong."
24τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς πολὺ ἠγαθύνθη ἐπ αὐτῷ καὶ τὸν Δανιηλ εἶπεν ἀνενέγκαι ἐκ τοῦ λάκκου· καὶ ἀνηνέχθη Δανιηλ ἐκ τοῦ λάκκου, καὶ πᾶσα διαφθορὰ οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἐπίστευσεν ἐν τῷ θεῷ αὐτοῦ.Then the king was exceedingly glad and commanded that Daniel be taken up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no kind of harm was found on him, because he had trusted in his God.
25καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἠγάγοσαν τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς διαβαλόντας τὸν Δανιηλ, καὶ εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων ἐνεβλήθησαν, αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν· καὶ οὐκ ἔφθασαν εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος τοῦ λάκκου ἕως οὗ ἐκυρίευσαν αὐτῶν οἱ λέοντες καὶ πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτῶν ἐλέπτυναν.The king gave a command, and those who had accused Daniel were brought and thrown into the den of lions — they, their children, and their wives. Before they reached the bottom of the den the lions overpowered them and broke all their bones in pieces.
26τότε Δαρεῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔγραψεν πᾶσι τοῖς λαοῖς, φυλαῖς, γλώσσαις, τοῖς οἰκοῦσιν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πληθυνθείη·Then King Darius wrote to all peoples and nations of every language throughout the whole world: "May you have abundant prosperity!
27ἐκ προσώπου μου ἐτέθη δόγμα τοῦ ἐν πάσῃ ἀρχῇ τῆς βασιλείας μου εἶναι τρέμοντας καὶ φοβουμένους ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ Δανιηλ, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν θεὸς ζῶν καὶ μένων εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται, καὶ ἡ κυριεία αὐτοῦ ἕως τέλους·I make a decree, that in all my royal dominion people should tremble and fear before the God of Daniel: For he is the living God, enduring forever. His kingdom shall never be destroyed, and his dominion has no end.
28ἀντιλαμβάνεται καὶ ῥύεται καὶ ποιεῖ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅστις ἐξείλατο τὸν Δανιηλ ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν λεόντων.He delivers and rescues, he works signs and wonders in heaven and on earth; for he has saved Daniel from the power of the lions."
29καὶ Δανιηλ κατεύθυνεν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ Δαρείου καὶ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ Κύρου τοῦ Πέρσου.So this Daniel prospered during the reign of Darius and the reign of Cyrus the Persian.

Chapter 7

1Ἐν ἔτει πρώτῳ Βαλτασαρ βασιλέως Χαλδαίων Δανιηλ ἐνύπνιον εἶδεν, καὶ αἱ ὁράσεις τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἐνύπνιον ἔγραψενIn the first year of King Belshazzar of Babylon, Daniel had a dream and visions of his head as he lay in bed. Then he wrote down the dream:
2Ἐγὼ Δανιηλ ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματί μου τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ ἰδοὺ οἱ τέσσαρες ἄνεμοι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ προσέβαλλον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν μεγάλην.I, Daniel, saw in my vision by night the four winds of heaven stirring up the great sea,
3καὶ τέσσαρα θηρία μεγάλα ἀνέβαινον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης διαφέροντα ἀλλήλων.and four great beasts came up out of the sea, different from one another.
4τὸ πρῶτον ὡσεὶ λέαινα, καὶ πτερὰ αὐτῇ ὡσεὶ ἀετοῦ· ἐθεώρουν ἕως οὗ ἐξετίλη τὰ πτερὰ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξήρθη ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπὶ ποδῶν ἀνθρώπου ἐστάθη, καὶ καρδία ἀνθρώπου ἐδόθη αὐτῇ.The first was like a lion and had eagles’ wings. Then, as I watched, its wings were plucked off, and it was lifted up from the ground and made to stand on two feet like a human being; and a human mind was given to it.
5καὶ ἰδοὺ θηρίον δεύτερον ὅμοιον ἄρκῳ, καὶ εἰς μέρος ἓν ἐστάθη, καὶ τρία πλευρὰ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῆς ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὀδόντων αὐτῆς, καὶ οὕτως ἔλεγον αὐτῇ Ἀνάστηθι φάγε σάρκας πολλάς.Another beast appeared, a second one, that looked like a bear. It was raised up on one side, had three tusks in its mouth among its teeth and was told, "Arise, devour many bodies!"
6ὀπίσω τούτου ἐθεώρουν καὶ ἰδοὺ ἕτερον θηρίον ὡσεὶ πάρδαλις, καὶ αὐτῇ πτερὰ τέσσαρα πετεινοῦ ὑπεράνω αὐτῆς, καὶ τέσσαρες κεφαλαὶ τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ ἐξουσία ἐδόθη αὐτῇ.After this, as I watched, another appeared, like a leopard. The beast had four wings of a bird on its back and four heads; and dominion was given to it.
7ὀπίσω τούτου ἐθεώρουν καὶ ἰδοὺ θηρίον τέταρτον φοβερὸν καὶ ἔκθαμβον καὶ ἰσχυρὸν περισσῶς, καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ σιδηροῖ μεγάλοι, ἐσθίον καὶ λεπτῦνον καὶ τὰ ἐπίλοιπα τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ συνεπάτει, καὶ αὐτὸ διάφορον περισσῶς παρὰ πάντα τὰ θηρία τὰ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ κέρατα δέκα αὐτῷ.After this I saw in the visions by night a fourth beast, terrifying and dreadful and exceedingly strong. It had great iron teeth and was devouring, breaking in pieces, and stamping what was left with its feet. It was different from all the beasts that preceded it, and it had ten horns.
8προσενόουν τοῖς κέρασιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδοὺ κέρας ἕτερον μικρὸν ἀνέβη ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν, καὶ τρία κέρατα τῶν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἐξερριζώθη ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδοὺ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὡσεὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῷ κέρατι τούτῳ καὶ στόμα λαλοῦν μεγάλα.I was considering the horns, when another horn appeared, a little one coming up among them; to make room for it, three of the earlier horns were plucked up by the roots. There were eyes like human eyes in this horn, and a mouth speaking arrogantly.
9ἐθεώρουν ἕως ὅτου θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο, καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ χιὼν λευκόν, καὶ ἡ θρὶξ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον καθαρόν, ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός, οἱ τροχοὶ αὐτοῦ πῦρ φλέγον·As I watched, thrones were set in place, and an Ancient One took his throne, his clothing was white as snow, and the hair of his head like pure wool; his throne was fiery flames, and its wheels were burning fire.
10ποταμὸς πυρὸς εἷλκεν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, χίλιαι χιλιάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ, καὶ μύριαι μυριάδες παρειστήκεισαν αὐτῷ· κριτήριον ἐκάθισεν, καὶ βίβλοι ἠνεῴχθησαν.A stream of fire issued and flowed out from his presence. A thousand thousands served him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood attending him. The court sat in judgment, and the books were opened.
11ἐθεώρουν τότε ἀπὸ φωνῆς τῶν λόγων τῶν μεγάλων, ὧν τὸ κέρας ἐκεῖνο ἐλάλει, ἕως ἀνῃρέθη τὸ θηρίον καὶ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός.I watched then because of the noise of the arrogant words that the horn was speaking. And as I watched, the beast was put to death, and its body destroyed and given over to be burned with fire.
12καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν θηρίων ἡ ἀρχὴ μετεστάθη, καὶ μακρότης ζωῆς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἕως καιροῦ καὶ καιροῦ.As for the rest of the beasts, their dominion was taken away, but their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.
13ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὁράματι τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος ἦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασεν καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ προσηνέχθη.As I watched in the night visions, I saw one like a human being coming with the clouds of heaven. And he came to the Ancient One and was presented before him.
14καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοί, φυλαί, γλῶσσαι αὐτῷ δουλεύσουσιν· ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ ἐξουσία αἰώνιος, ἥτις οὐ παρελεύσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται.To him was given dominion and glory and kingship, that all peoples, nations, and languages should serve him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion that shall not pass away, and his kingship is one that shall never be destroyed.
15ἔφριξεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐν τῇ ἕξει μου, ἐγὼ Δανιηλ, καὶ αἱ ὁράσεις τῆς κεφαλῆς μου ἐτάρασσόν με.As for me, Daniel, my spirit was troubled within me, and the visions of my head terrified me.
16καὶ προσῆλθον ἑνὶ τῶν ἑστηκότων καὶ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν ἐζήτουν παρ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων, καὶ εἶπέν μοι τὴν ἀκρίβειαν καὶ τὴν σύγκρισιν τῶν λόγων ἐγνώρισέν μοιI approached one of the attendants to ask him the truth concerning all this. So he said that he would disclose to me the interpretation of the matter:
17Ταῦτα τὰ θηρία τὰ μεγάλα τὰ τέσσαρα, τέσσαρες βασιλεῖαι ἀναστήσονται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, αἳ ἀρθήσονται·"As for these four great beasts, four kings shall arise out of the earth.
18καὶ παραλήμψονται τὴν βασιλείαν ἅγιοι ὑψίστου καὶ καθέξουσιν αὐτὴν ἕως αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων.But the holy ones of the Most High shall receive the kingdom and possess the kingdom forever — forever and ever."
19καὶ ἐζήτουν ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ τετάρτου, ὅτι ἦν διάφορον παρὰ πᾶν θηρίον φοβερὸν περισσῶς, οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ σιδηροῖ καὶ οἱ ὄνυχες αὐτοῦ χαλκοῖ, ἐσθίον καὶ λεπτῦνον καὶ τὰ ἐπίλοιπα τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ συνεπάτει,Then I desired to know the truth concerning the fourth beast, which was different from all the rest, exceedingly terrifying, with its teeth of iron and claws of bronze, and which devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped what was left with its feet;
20καὶ περὶ τῶν κεράτων αὐτοῦ τῶν δέκα τῶν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου τοῦ ἀναβάντος καὶ ἐκτινάξαντος τῶν προτέρων τρία, κέρας ἐκεῖνο, ᾧ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ στόμα λαλοῦν μεγάλα καὶ ἡ ὅρασις αὐτοῦ μείζων τῶν λοιπῶν.and concerning the ten horns that were on its head, and concerning the other horn, which came up and to make room for which three of them fell out — the horn that had eyes and a mouth that spoke arrogantly, and that seemed greater than the others.
21ἐθεώρουν καὶ τὸ κέρας ἐκεῖνο ἐποίει πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ ἴσχυσεν πρὸς αὐτούς,As I looked, this horn made war with the holy ones and was prevailing over them,
22ἕως οὗ ἦλθεν ὁ παλαιὸς τῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ τὸ κρίμα ἔδωκεν ἁγίοις ὑψίστου, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς ἔφθασεν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν κατέσχον οἱ ἅγιοι.until the Ancient One came; then judgment was given for the holy ones of the Most High, and the time arrived when the holy ones gained possession of the kingdom.
23καὶ εἶπεν Τὸ θηρίον τὸ τέταρτον, βασιλεία τετάρτη ἔσται ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἥτις ὑπερέξει πάσας τὰς βασιλείας καὶ καταφάγεται πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν καὶ συμπατήσει αὐτὴν καὶ κατακόψει.This is what he said: "As for the fourth beast, there shall be a fourth kingdom on earth that shall be different from all the other kingdoms; it shall devour the whole earth, and trample it down, and break it to pieces.
24καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα αὐτοῦ, δέκα βασιλεῖς ἀναστήσονται, καὶ ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἀναστήσεται ἕτερος, ὃς ὑπεροίσει κακοῖς πάντας τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν, καὶ τρεῖς βασιλεῖς ταπεινώσει·As for the ten horns, out of this kingdom ten kings shall arise, and another shall arise after them. This one shall be different from the former ones, and shall put down three kings.
25καὶ λόγους πρὸς τὸν ὕψιστον λαλήσει καὶ τοὺς ἁγίους ὑψίστου παλαιώσει καὶ ὑπονοήσει τοῦ ἀλλοιῶσαι καιροὺς καὶ νόμον, καὶ δοθήσεται ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἕως καιροῦ καὶ καιρῶν καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ.He shall speak words against the Most High, shall wear out the holy ones of the Most High, and shall attempt to change the sacred seasons and the law; and they shall be given into his power for a time, two times, and half a time.
26καὶ τὸ κριτήριον καθίσει καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν μεταστήσουσιν τοῦ ἀφανίσαι καὶ τοῦ ἀπολέσαι ἕως τέλους.Then the court shall sit in judgment, and his dominion shall be taken away, to be consumed and totally destroyed.
27καὶ ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ μεγαλωσύνη τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ὑποκάτω παντὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐδόθη ἁγίοις ὑψίστου, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ βασιλεία αἰώνιος, καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἀρχαὶ αὐτῷ δουλεύσουσιν καὶ ὑπακούσονται.The kingship and dominion and the greatness of the kingdoms under the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the holy ones of the Most High; their kingdom shall be an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey them."
28ἕως ὧδε τὸ πέρας τοῦ λόγου. ἐγὼ Δανιηλ, ἐπὶ πολὺ οἱ διαλογισμοί μου συνετάρασσόν με, καὶ ἡ μορφή μου ἠλλοιώθη ἐπ ἐμοί, καὶ τὸ ῥῆμα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου συνετήρησα.Here the account ends. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts greatly terrified me, and my face turned pale; but I kept the matter in my mind.]

Chapter 8

1Ἐν ἔτει τρίτῳ τῆς βασιλείας Βαλτασαρ τοῦ βασιλέως ὅρασις ὤφθη πρός με, ἐγὼ Δανιηλ, μετὰ τὴν ὀφθεῖσάν μοι τὴν ἀρχήν.In the third year of the reign of King Belshazzar a vision appeared to me, Daniel, after the one that had appeared to me at first.
2καὶ ἤμην ἐν Σούσοις τῇ βάρει, ἥ ἐστιν ἐν χώρᾳ Αιλαμ, καὶ εἶδον ἐν ὁράματι καὶ ἤμην ἐπὶ τοῦ ΟυβαλIn the vision I was looking and saw myself in Susa the capital, in the province of Elam, and I was by the river Ulai.
3καὶ ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδοὺ κριὸς εἷς ἑστηκὼς πρὸ τοῦ Ουβαλ, καὶ αὐτῷ κέρατα, καὶ τὰ κέρατα ὑψηλά, καὶ τὸ ἓν ὑψηλότερον τοῦ ἑτέρου, καὶ τὸ ὑψηλὸν ἀνέβαινεν ἐπ ἐσχάτων.I looked up and saw a ram standing beside the river. It had two horns. Both horns were long, but one was longer than the other, and the longer one came up second.
4εἶδον τὸν κριὸν κερατίζοντα κατὰ θάλασσαν καὶ βορρᾶν καὶ νότον, καὶ πάντα τὰ θηρία οὐ στήσονται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐξαιρούμενος ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησεν κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμεγαλύνθη.I saw the ram charging westward and northward and southward. All beasts were powerless to withstand it, and no one could rescue from its power; it did as it pleased and became strong.
5καὶ ἐγὼ ἤμην συνίων καὶ ἰδοὺ τράγος αἰγῶν ἤρχετο ἀπὸ λιβὸς ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἁπτόμενος τῆς γῆς, καὶ τῷ τράγῳ κέρας θεωρητὸν ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ.As I was watching, a male goat appeared from the west, coming across the face of the whole earth without touching the ground. The goat had a horn between its eyes.
6καὶ ἦλθεν ἕως τοῦ κριοῦ τοῦ τὰ κέρατα ἔχοντος, οὗ εἶδον, ἑστῶτος ἐνώπιον τοῦ Ουβαλ καὶ ἔδραμεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν ὁρμῇ τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ.It came toward the ram with the two horns that I had seen standing beside the river, and it ran at it with savage force.
7καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν φθάνοντα ἕως τοῦ κριοῦ, καὶ ἐξηγριάνθη πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἔπαισεν τὸν κριὸν καὶ συνέτριψεν ἀμφότερα τὰ κέρατα αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἰσχὺς τῷ κριῷ τοῦ στῆναι ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ συνεπάτησεν αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐξαιρούμενος τὸν κριὸν ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ.I saw it approaching the ram. It was enraged against it and struck the ram, breaking its two horns. The ram did not have power to withstand it; it threw the ram down to the ground and trampled upon it, and there was no one who could rescue the ram from its power.
8καὶ ὁ τράγος τῶν αἰγῶν ἐμεγαλύνθη ἕως σφόδρα, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἰσχῦσαι αὐτὸν συνετρίβη τὸ κέρας αὐτοῦ τὸ μέγα, καὶ ἀνέβη κέρατα τέσσαρα ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀνέμους τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.Then the male goat grew exceedingly great; but at the height of its power, the great horn was broken, and in its place there came up four prominent horns toward the four winds of heaven.
9καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτῶν ἐξῆλθεν κέρας ἓν ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἐμεγαλύνθη περισσῶς πρὸς τὸν νότον καὶ πρὸς ἀνατολὴν καὶ πρὸς τὴν δύναμιν·Out of one of them came another horn, a little one, which grew exceedingly great toward the south, toward the east, and toward the beautiful land.
10ἐμεγαλύνθη ἕως τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄστρων, καὶ συνεπάτησεν αὐτά,It grew as high as the host of heaven. It threw down to the earth some of the host and some of the stars, and trampled on them.
11καὶ ἕως οὗ ὁ ἀρχιστράτηγος ῥύσηται τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν, καὶ δι αὐτὸν θυσία ἐρράχθη, καὶ ἐγενήθη καὶ κατευοδώθη αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον ἐρημωθήσεται·Even against the prince of the host it acted arrogantly; it took the regular burnt offering away from him and overthrew the place of his sanctuary.
12καὶ ἐδόθη ἐπὶ τὴν θυσίαν ἁμαρτία, καὶ ἐρρίφη χαμαὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ἐποίησεν καὶ εὐοδώθη.Because of wickedness, the host was given over to it together with the regular burnt offering; it cast truth to the ground, and kept prospering in what it did.
13καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἁγίου λαλοῦντος, καὶ εἶπεν εἷς ἅγιος τῷ φελμουνι τῷ λαλοῦντι Ἕως πότε ἡ ὅρασις στήσεται, ἡ θυσία ἡ ἀρθεῖσα καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐρημώσεως ἡ δοθεῖσα, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἡ δύναμις συμπατηθήσεται;Then I heard a holy one speaking, and another holy one said to the one that spoke, "For how long is this vision concerning the regular burnt offering, the transgression that makes desolate, and the giving over of the sanctuary and host to be trampled?"
14καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ἕως ἑσπέρας καὶ πρωὶ ἡμέραι δισχίλιαι καὶ τριακόσιαι, καὶ καθαρισθήσεται τὸ ἅγιον.And he answered him, "For two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings; then the sanctuary shall be restored to its rightful state."
15καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἰδεῖν με, ἐγὼ Δανιηλ, τὴν ὅρασιν καὶ ἐζήτουν σύνεσιν, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἔστη ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ ὡς ὅρασις ἀνδρός.When I, Daniel, had seen the vision, I tried to understand it. Then someone appeared standing before me, having the appearance of a man,
16καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἀνδρὸς ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ Ουβαλ, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν καὶ εἶπεν Γαβριηλ, συνέτισον ἐκεῖνον τὴν ὅρασιν.and I heard a human voice by the Ulai, calling, "Gabriel, help this man understand the vision."
17καὶ ἦλθεν καὶ ἔστη ἐχόμενος τῆς στάσεώς μου, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐθαμβήθην καὶ πίπτω ἐπὶ πρόσωπόν μου, καὶ εἶπεν πρός με Σύνες, υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, ἔτι γὰρ εἰς καιροῦ πέρας ἡ ὅρασις.So he came near where I stood; and when he came, I became frightened and fell prostrate. But he said to me, "Understand, O mortal, that the vision is for the time of the end."
18καὶ ἐν τῷ λαλεῖν αὐτὸν μετ ἐμοῦ πίπτω ἐπὶ πρόσωπόν μου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἥψατό μου καὶ ἔστησέν με ἐπὶ πόδαςAs he was speaking to me, I fell into a trance, face to the ground; then he touched me and set me on my feet.
19καὶ εἶπεν Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ γνωρίζω σοι τὰ ἐσόμενα ἐπ ἐσχάτων τῆς ὀργῆς· ἔτι γὰρ εἰς καιροῦ πέρας ἡ ὅρασις.He said, "Listen, and I will tell you what will take place later in the period of wrath; for it refers to the appointed time of the end.
20ὁ κριός, ὃν εἶδες, ὁ ἔχων τὰ κέρατα βασιλεὺς Μήδων καὶ Περσῶν.As for the ram that you saw with the two horns, these are the kings of Media and Persia.
21καὶ ὁ τράγος τῶν αἰγῶν βασιλεὺς Ἑλλήνων· καὶ τὸ κέρας τὸ μέγα, ὃ ἦν ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ πρῶτος.The male goat is the king of Greece, and the great horn between its eyes is the first king.
22καὶ τοῦ συντριβέντος, οὗ ἔστησαν τέσσαρα ὑποκάτω κέρατα, τέσσαρες βασιλεῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτοῦ ἀναστήσονται καὶ οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ.As for the horn that was broken, in place of which four others arose, four kingdoms shall arise from his nation, but not with his power.
23καὶ ἐπ ἐσχάτων τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῶν πληρουμένων τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσεται βασιλεὺς ἀναιδὴς προσώπῳ καὶ συνίων προβλήματα.At the end of their rule, when the transgressions have reached their full measure, a king of bold countenance shall arise, skilled in intrigue.
24καὶ κραταιὰ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμαστὰ διαφθερεῖ καὶ κατευθυνεῖ καὶ ποιήσει καὶ διαφθερεῖ ἰσχυροὺς καὶ λαὸν ἅγιον.He shall grow strong in power, shall cause fearful destruction, and shall succeed in what he does. He shall destroy the powerful and the people of the holy ones.
25καὶ ὁ ζυγὸς τοῦ κλοιοῦ αὐτοῦ κατευθυνεῖ· δόλος ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ μεγαλυνθήσεται καὶ δόλῳ διαφθερεῖ πολλοὺς καὶ ἐπὶ ἀπωλείας πολλῶν στήσεται καὶ ὡς ᾠὰ χειρὶ συντρίψει.By his cunning he shall make deceit prosper under his hand, and in his own mind he shall be great. Without warning he shall destroy many and shall even rise up against the Prince of princes. But he shall be broken, and not by human hands.
26καὶ ἡ ὅρασις τῆς ἑσπέρας καὶ τῆς πρωίας τῆς ῥηθείσης ἀληθής ἐστιν· καὶ σὺ σφράγισον τὴν ὅρασιν, ὅτι εἰς ἡμέρας πολλάς.The vision of the evenings and the mornings that has been told is true. As for you, seal up the vision, for it refers to many days from now."
27καὶ ἐγὼ Δανιηλ ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ἐμαλακίσθην ἡμέρας καὶ ἀνέστην καὶ ἐποίουν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ ἐθαύμαζον τὴν ὅρασιν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ συνίων.So I, Daniel, was overcome and lay sick for some days; then I arose and went about the king’s business. But I was dismayed by the vision and did not understand it.

Chapter 9

1Ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει Δαρείου τοῦ υἱοῦ Ασουηρου ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος τῶν Μήδων, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἐπὶ βασιλείαν Χαλδαίων,In the first year of Darius son of Ahasuerus, by birth a Mede, who became king over the realm of the Chaldeans —
2ἐν ἔτει ἑνὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ ἐγὼ Δανιηλ συνῆκα ἐν ταῖς βύβλοις τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐτῶν, ὃς ἐγενήθη λόγος κυρίου πρὸς Ιερεμιαν τὸν προφήτην εἰς συμπλήρωσιν ἐρημώσεως Ιερουσαλημ, ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη.in the first year of his reign, I, Daniel, perceived in the books the number of years that, according to the word of the LORD to the prophet Jeremiah, must be fulfilled for the devastation of Jerusalem, namely, seventy years.
3καὶ ἔδωκα τὸ πρόσωπόν μου πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν τοῦ ἐκζητῆσαι προσευχὴν καὶ δεήσεις ἐν νηστείαις καὶ σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ.Then I turned to the Lord God, to seek an answer by prayer and supplication with fasting and sackcloth and ashes.
4καὶ προσηυξάμην πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεόν μου καὶ ἐξωμολογησάμην καὶ εἶπα Κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ μέγας καὶ θαυμαστὸς ὁ φυλάσσων τὴν διαθήκην σου καὶ τὸ ἔλεος τοῖς ἀγαπῶσίν σε καὶ τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν τὰς ἐντολάς σου,I prayed to the LORD my God and made confession, saying, "Ah, Lord, great and awesome God, keeping covenant and steadfast love with those who love you and keep your commandments,
5ἡμάρτομεν, ἠδικήσαμεν, ἠνομήσαμεν καὶ ἀπέστημεν καὶ ἐξεκλίναμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν κριμάτων σουwe have sinned and done wrong, acted wickedly and rebelled, turning aside from your commandments and ordinances.
6καὶ οὐκ εἰσηκούσαμεν τῶν δούλων σου τῶν προφητῶν, οἳ ἐλάλουν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς ἡμῶν καὶ ἄρχοντας ἡμῶν καὶ πατέρας ἡμῶν καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τῆς γῆς.We have not listened to your servants the prophets, who spoke in your name to our kings, our princes, and our ancestors, and to all the people of the land.
7σοί, κύριε, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ἡμῖν ἡ αἰσχύνη τοῦ προσώπου ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη, ἀνδρὶ Ιουδα καὶ τοῖς ἐνοικοῦσιν ἐν Ιερουσαλημ καὶ παντὶ Ισραηλ τοῖς ἐγγὺς καὶ τοῖς μακρὰν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ, οὗ διέσπειρας αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ ἐν ἀθεσίᾳ αὐτῶν, ᾗ ἠθέτησαν ἐν σοί."Righteousness is on your side, O Lord, but open shame, as at this day, falls on us, the people of Judah, the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and all Israel, those who are near and those who are far away, in all the lands to which you have driven them, because of the treachery that they have committed against you.
8κύριε, ἡμῖν ἡ αἰσχύνη τοῦ προσώπου καὶ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν, οἵτινες ἡμάρτομέν σοι.Open shame, O LORD, falls on us, our kings, our officials, and our ancestors, because we have sinned against you.
9τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ ἡμῶν οἱ οἰκτιρμοὶ καὶ οἱ ἱλασμοί, ὅτι ἀπέστημενTo the Lord our God belong mercy and forgiveness, for we have rebelled against him,
10καὶ οὐκ εἰσηκούσαμεν τῆς φωνῆς κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν πορεύεσθαι ἐν τοῖς νόμοις αὐτοῦ, οἷς ἔδωκεν κατὰ πρόσωπον ἡμῶν ἐν χερσὶν τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ τῶν προφητῶν.and have not obeyed the voice of the LORD our God by following his laws, which he set before us by his servants the prophets.
11καὶ πᾶς Ισραηλ παρέβησαν τὸν νόμον σου καὶ ἐξέκλιναν τοῦ μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τῆς φωνῆς σου, καὶ ἐπῆλθεν ἐφ ἡμᾶς ἡ κατάρα καὶ ὁ ὅρκος ὁ γεγραμμένος ἐν νόμῳ Μωυσέως δούλου τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἡμάρτομεν αὐτῷ."All Israel has transgressed your law and turned aside, refusing to obey your voice. So the curse and the oath written in the law of Moses, the servant of God, have been poured out upon us, because we have sinned against you.
12καὶ ἔστησεν τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ, οὓς ἐλάλησεν ἐφ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς κριτὰς ἡμῶν, οἳ ἔκρινον ἡμᾶς, ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ ἡμᾶς κακὰ μεγάλα, οἷα οὐ γέγονεν ὑποκάτω παντὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατὰ τὰ γενόμενα ἐν Ιερουσαλημ.He has confirmed his words, which he spoke against us and against our rulers, by bringing upon us a calamity so great that what has been done against Jerusalem has never before been done under the whole heaven.
13καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωυσῆ, πάντα τὰ κακὰ ταῦτα ἦλθεν ἐφ ἡμᾶς, καὶ οὐκ ἐδεήθημεν τοῦ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἀποστρέψαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδικιῶν ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ συνιέναι ἐν πάσῃ ἀληθείᾳ σου.Just as it is written in the law of Moses, all this calamity has come upon us. We did not entreat the favor of the LORD our God, turning from our iniquities and reflecting on his fidelity.
14καὶ ἐγρηγόρησεν κύριος καὶ ἐπήγαγεν αὐτὰ ἐφ ἡμᾶς, ὅτι δίκαιος κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ποίησιν αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐποίησεν, καὶ οὐκ εἰσηκούσαμεν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ.So the LORD kept watch over this calamity until he brought it upon us. Indeed, the LORD our God is right in all that he has done; for we have disobeyed his voice.
15καὶ νῦν, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, ὃς ἐξήγαγες τὸν λαόν σου ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐποίησας σεαυτῷ ὄνομα ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη, ἡμάρτομεν, ἠνομήσαμεν."And now, O Lord our God, who brought your people out of the land of Egypt with a mighty hand and made your name renowned even to this day — we have sinned, we have done wickedly.
16κύριε, ἐν πάσῃ ἐλεημοσύνῃ σου ἀποστραφήτω δὴ ὁ θυμός σου καὶ ἡ ὀργή σου ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεώς σου Ιερουσαλημ ὄρους ἁγίου σου, ὅτι ἡμάρτομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀδικίαις ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν Ιερουσαλημ καὶ ὁ λαός σου εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐγένετο ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς περικύκλῳ ἡμῶν.O Lord, in view of all your righteous acts, let your anger and wrath, we pray, turn away from your city Jerusalem, your holy mountain; because of our sins and the iniquities of our ancestors, Jerusalem and your people have become a disgrace among all our neighbors.
17καὶ νῦν εἰσάκουσον, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, τῆς προσευχῆς τοῦ δούλου σου καὶ τῶν δεήσεων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ ἁγίασμά σου τὸ ἔρημον ἕνεκέν σου, κύριε.Now therefore, O our God, listen to the prayer of your servant and to his supplication, and for your own sake, Lord, let your face shine upon your desolated sanctuary.
18κλῖνον, ὁ θεός μου, τὸ οὖς σου καὶ ἄκουσον· ἄνοιξον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου καὶ ἰδὲ τὸν ἀφανισμὸν ἡμῶν καὶ τῆς πόλεώς σου, ἐφ ἧς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐπ αὐτῆς· ὅτι οὐκ ἐπὶ ταῖς δικαιοσύναις ἡμῶν ἡμεῖς ῥιπτοῦμεν τὸν οἰκτιρμὸν ἡμῶν ἐνώπιόν σου, ἀλλ ἐπὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρμούς σου τοὺς πολλούς.Incline your ear, O my God, and hear. Open your eyes and look at our desolation and the city that bears your name. We do not present our supplication before you on the ground of our righteousness, but on the ground of your great mercies.
19κύριε, εἰσάκουσον· κύριε, ἱλάσθητι· κύριε, πρόσχες καὶ ποίησον· μὴ χρονίσῃς ἕνεκέν σου, ὁ θεός μου, ὅτι τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐπικέκληται ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου.O Lord, hear; O Lord, forgive; O Lord, listen and act and do not delay! For your own sake, O my God, because your city and your people bear your name!"
20καὶ ἔτι ἐμοῦ λαλοῦντος καὶ προσευχομένου καὶ ἐξαγορεύοντος τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ μου Ισραηλ καὶ ῥιπτοῦντος τὸν ἔλεόν μου ἐναντίον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ μου περὶ τοῦ ὄρους τοῦ ἁγίου τοῦ θεοῦ μουWhile I was speaking, and was praying and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the LORD my God on behalf of the holy mountain of my God —
21καὶ ἔτι ἐμοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀνὴρ Γαβριηλ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ὁράσει ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ, πετόμενος καὶ ἥψατό μου ὡσεὶ ὥραν θυσίας ἑσπερινῆς.while I was speaking in prayer, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen before in a vision, came to me in swift flight at the time of the evening sacrifice.
22καὶ συνέτισέν με καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ ἐμοῦ καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ, νῦν ἐξῆλθον συμβιβάσαι σε σύνεσιν.He came and said to me, "Daniel, I have now come out to give you wisdom and understanding.
23ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς δεήσεώς σου ἐξῆλθεν λόγος, καὶ ἐγὼ ἦλθον τοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαί σοι, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἐπιθυμιῶν σὺ εἶ· καὶ ἐννοήθητι ἐν τῷ ῥήματι καὶ σύνες ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ.At the beginning of your supplications a word went out, and I have come to declare it, for you are greatly beloved. So consider the word and understand the vision:
24ἑβδομήκοντα ἑβδομάδες συνετμήθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν σου τοῦ συντελεσθῆναι ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τοῦ σφραγίσαι ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἀπαλεῖψαι τὰς ἀνομίας καὶ τοῦ ἐξιλάσασθαι ἀδικίας καὶ τοῦ ἀγαγεῖν δικαιοσύνην αἰώνιον καὶ τοῦ σφραγίσαι ὅρασιν καὶ προφήτην καὶ τοῦ χρῖσαι ἅγιον ἁγίων."Seventy weeks are decreed for your people and your holy city: to finish the transgression, to put an end to sin, and to atone for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal both vision and prophet, and to anoint a most holy place.
25καὶ γνώσῃ καὶ συνήσεις· ἀπὸ ἐξόδου λόγου τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι Ιερουσαλημ ἕως χριστοῦ ἡγουμένου ἑβδομάδες ἑπτὰ καὶ ἑβδομάδες ἑξήκοντα δύο· καὶ ἐπιστρέψει καὶ οἰκοδομηθήσεται πλατεῖα καὶ τεῖχος, καὶ ἐκκενωθήσονται οἱ καιροί.Know therefore and understand: from the time that the word went out to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until the time of an anointed prince, there shall be seven weeks; and for sixty-two weeks it shall be built again with streets and moat, but in a troubled time.
26καὶ μετὰ τὰς ἑβδομάδας τὰς ἑξήκοντα δύο ἐξολεθρευθήσεται χρῖσμα, καὶ κρίμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διαφθερεῖ σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, καὶ ἐκκοπήσονται ἐν κατακλυσμῷ, καὶ ἕως τέλους πολέμου συντετμημένου τάξει ἀφανισμοῖς.After the sixty-two weeks, an anointed one shall be cut off and shall have nothing, and the troops of the prince who is to come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary. Its end shall come with a flood, and to the end there shall be war. Desolations are decreed.
27καὶ δυναμώσει διαθήκην πολλοῖς, ἑβδομὰς μία· καὶ ἐν τῷ ἡμίσει τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἀρθήσεταί μου θυσία καὶ σπονδή, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἱερὸν βδέλυγμα τῶν ἐρημώσεων, καὶ ἕως συντελείας καιροῦ συντέλεια δοθήσεται ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν.He shall make a strong covenant with many for one week, and for half of the week he shall make sacrifice and offering cease; and in their place shall be an abomination that desolates, until the decreed end is poured out upon the desolator."

Chapter 10

1Ἐν ἔτει τρίτῳ Κύρου βασιλέως Περσῶν λόγος ἀπεκαλύφθη τῷ Δανιηλ, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα ἐπεκλήθη Βαλτασαρ, καὶ ἀληθινὸς ὁ λόγος, καὶ δύναμις μεγάλη καὶ σύνεσις ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ.In the third year of King Cyrus of Persia a word was revealed to Daniel, who was named Belteshazzar. The word was true, and it concerned a great conflict. He understood the word, having received understanding in the vision.
2ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐγὼ Δανιηλ ἤμην πενθῶν τρεῖς ἑβδομάδας ἡμερῶν·At that time I, Daniel, had been mourning for three weeks.
3ἄρτον ἐπιθυμιῶν οὐκ ἔφαγον, καὶ κρέας καὶ οἶνος οὐκ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου, καὶ ἄλειμμα οὐκ ἠλειψάμην ἕως πληρώσεως τριῶν ἑβδομάδων ἡμερῶν.I had eaten no rich food, no meat or wine had entered my mouth, and I had not anointed myself at all, for the full three weeks.
4ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εἰκοστῇ καὶ τετάρτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου, καὶ ἐγὼ ἤμην ἐχόμενα τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, αὐτός ἐστιν Εδδεκελ,On the twentyfourth day of the first month, as I was standing on the bank of the great river (that is, the Tigris),
5καὶ ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ εἷς ἐνδεδυμένος βαδδιν, καὶ ἡ ὀσφὺς αὐτοῦ περιεζωσμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ Ωφαζ,I looked up and saw a man clothed in linen, with a belt of gold from Uphaz around his waist.
6καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θαρσις, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ὅρασις ἀστραπῆς, καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ λαμπάδες πυρός, καὶ οἱ βραχίονες αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σκέλη ὡς ὅρασις χαλκοῦ στίλβοντος, καὶ ἡ φωνὴ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὄχλου.His body was like beryl, his face like lightning, his eyes like flaming torches, his arms and legs like the gleam of burnished bronze, and the sound of his words like the roar of a multitude.
7καὶ εἶδον ἐγὼ Δανιηλ μόνος τὴν ὀπτασίαν, καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ μετ ἐμοῦ οὐκ εἶδον τὴν ὀπτασίαν, ἀλλ ἢ ἔκστασις μεγάλη ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ αὐτούς, καὶ ἔφυγον ἐν φόβῳ·I, Daniel, alone saw the vision; the people who were with me did not see the vision, though a great trembling fell upon them, and they fled and hid themselves.
8καὶ ἐγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος καὶ εἶδον τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν μεγάλην ταύτην, καὶ οὐχ ὑπελείφθη ἐν ἐμοὶ ἰσχύς, καὶ ἡ δόξα μου μετεστράφη εἰς διαφθοράν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκράτησα ἰσχύος.So I was left alone to see this great vision. My strength left me, and my complexion grew deathly pale, and I retained no strength.
9καὶ ἤκουσα τὴν φωνὴν τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀκοῦσαί με αὐτοῦ ἤμην κατανενυγμένος, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν.Then I heard the sound of his words; and when I heard the sound of his words, I fell into a trance, face to the ground.
10καὶ ἰδοὺ χεὶρ ἁπτομένη μου καὶ ἤγειρέν με ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατά μου.But then a hand touched me and roused me to my hands and knees.
11καὶ εἶπεν πρός με Δανιηλ ἀνὴρ ἐπιθυμιῶν, σύνες ἐν τοῖς λόγοις, οἷς ἐγὼ λαλῶ πρὸς σέ, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τῇ στάσει σου, ὅτι νῦν ἀπεστάλην πρὸς σέ. καὶ ἐν τῷ λαλῆσαι αὐτὸν πρός με τὸν λόγον τοῦτον ἀνέστην ἔντρομος.He said to me, "Daniel, greatly beloved, pay attention to the words that I am going to speak to you. Stand on your feet, for I have now been sent to you." So while he was speaking this word to me, I stood up trembling.
12καὶ εἶπεν πρός με Μὴ φοβοῦ, Δανιηλ· ὅτι ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας, ἧς ἔδωκας τὴν καρδίαν σου τοῦ συνιέναι καὶ κακωθῆναι ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ σου, ἠκούσθησαν οἱ λόγοι σου, καὶ ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου.He said to me, "Do not fear, Daniel, for from the first day that you set your mind to gain understanding and to humble yourself before your God, your words have been heard, and I have come because of your words.
13καὶ ὁ ἄρχων βασιλείας Περσῶν εἱστήκει ἐξ ἐναντίας μου εἴκοσι καὶ μίαν ἡμέραν, καὶ ἰδοὺ Μιχαηλ εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν πρώτων ἦλθεν βοηθῆσαί μοι, καὶ αὐτὸν κατέλιπον ἐκεῖ μετὰ τοῦ ἄρχοντος βασιλείας ΠερσῶνBut the prince of the kingdom of Persia opposed me twenty-one days. So Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, and I left him there with the prince of the kingdom of Persia,
14καὶ ἦλθον συνετίσαι σε ὅσα ἀπαντήσεται τῷ λαῷ σου ἐπ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ὅτι ἔτι ἡ ὅρασις εἰς ἡμέρας.and have come to help you understand what is to happen to your people at the end of days. For there is a further vision for those days."
15καὶ ἐν τῷ λαλῆσαι αὐτὸν μετ ἐμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἔδωκα τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ κατενύγην.While he was speaking these words to me, I turned my face toward the ground and was speechless.
16καὶ ἰδοὺ ὡς ὁμοίωσις υἱοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων μου· καὶ ἤνοιξα τὸ στόμα μου καὶ ἐλάλησα καὶ εἶπα πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἐναντίον ἐμοῦ Κύριε, ἐν τῇ ὀπτασίᾳ σου ἐστράφη τὰ ἐντός μου ἐν ἐμοί, καὶ οὐκ ἔσχον ἰσχύν·Then one in human form touched my lips, and I opened my mouth to speak, and said to the one who stood before me, "My lord, because of the vision such pains have come upon me that I retain no strength.
17καὶ πῶς δυνήσεται ὁ παῖς σου, κύριε, λαλῆσαι μετὰ τοῦ κυρίου μου τούτου; καὶ ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐ στήσεται ἐν ἐμοὶ ἰσχύς, καὶ πνοὴ οὐχ ὑπελείφθη ἐν ἐμοί.How can my lord’s servant talk with my lord? For I am shaking, no strength remains in me, and no breath is left in me."
18καὶ προσέθετο καὶ ἥψατό μου ὡς ὅρασις ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἐνίσχυσέν μεAgain one in human form touched me and strengthened me.
19καὶ εἶπέν μοι Μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀνὴρ ἐπιθυμιῶν, εἰρήνη σοι· ἀνδρίζου καὶ ἴσχυε. καὶ ἐν τῷ λαλῆσαι αὐτὸν μετ ἐμοῦ ἴσχυσα καὶ εἶπα Λαλείτω ὁ κύριός μου, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσάς με.He said, "Do not fear, greatly beloved, you are safe. Be strong and courageous!" When he spoke to me, I was strengthened and said, "Let my lord speak, for you have strengthened me."
20καὶ εἶπεν Εἰ οἶδας ἵνα τί ἦλθον πρὸς σέ; καὶ νῦν ἐπιστρέψω τοῦ πολεμῆσαι μετὰ ἄρχοντος Περσῶν· καὶ ἐγὼ ἐξεπορευόμην, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἤρχετο.Then he said, "Do you know why I have come to you? Now I must return to fight against the prince of Persia, and when I am through with him, the prince of Greece will come.
21ἀλλ ἢ ἀναγγελῶ σοι τὸ ἐντεταγμένον ἐν γραφῇ ἀληθείας, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν εἷς ἀντεχόμενος μετ ἐμοῦ περὶ τούτων ἀλλ ἢ Μιχαηλ ὁ ἄρχων ὑμῶν·But I am to tell you what is inscribed in the book of truth. There is no one with me who contends against these princes except Michael, your prince.

Chapter 11

1καὶ ἐγὼ ἐν ἔτει πρώτῳ Κύρου ἔστην εἰς κράτος καὶ ἰσχύν.As for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede, I stood up to support and strengthen him.
2καὶ νῦν ἀλήθειαν ἀναγγελῶ σοι. ἰδοὺ ἔτι τρεῖς βασιλεῖς ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ Περσίδι, καὶ ὁ τέταρτος πλουτήσει πλοῦτον μέγαν παρὰ πάντας· καὶ μετὰ τὸ κρατῆσαι αὐτὸν τοῦ πλούτου αὐτοῦ ἐπαναστήσεται πάσαις βασιλείαις Ἑλλήνων."Now I will announce the truth to you. Three more kings shall arise in Persia. The fourth shall be far richer than all of them, and when he has become strong through his riches, he shall stir up all against the kingdom of Greece.
3καὶ ἀναστήσεται βασιλεὺς δυνατὸς καὶ κυριεύσει κυριείας πολλῆς καὶ ποιήσει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ.Then a warrior king shall arise, who shall rule with great dominion and take action as he pleases.
4καὶ ὡς ἂν στῇ, ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ συντριβήσεται καὶ διαιρεθήσεται εἰς τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀνέμους τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν κυριείαν αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐκυρίευσεν, ὅτι ἐκτιλήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ καὶ ἑτέροις ἐκτὸς τούτων.And while still rising in power, his kingdom shall be broken and divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity, nor according to the dominion with which he ruled; for his kingdom shall be uprooted and go to others besides these.
5καὶ ἐνισχύσει ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ νότου· καὶ εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ ἐνισχύσει ἐπ αὐτὸν καὶ κυριεύσει κυριείαν πολλὴν ἐπ ἐξουσίας αὐτοῦ."Then the king of the south shall grow strong, but one of his officers shall grow stronger than he and shall rule a realm greater than his own realm.
6καὶ μετὰ τὰ ἔτη αὐτοῦ συμμειγήσονται, καὶ θυγάτηρ βασιλέως τοῦ νότου εἰσελεύσεται πρὸς βασιλέα τοῦ βορρᾶ τοῦ ποιῆσαι συνθήκας μετ αὐτοῦ· καὶ οὐ κρατήσει ἰσχύος βραχίονος, καὶ οὐ στήσεται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ παραδοθήσεται αὐτὴ καὶ οἱ φέροντες αὐτὴν καὶ ἡ νεᾶνις καὶ ὁ κατισχύων αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς.After some years they shall make an alliance, and the daughter of the king of the south shall come to the king of the north to ratify the agreement. But she shall not retain her power, and his offspring shall not endure. She shall be given up, she and her attendants and her child and the one who supported her. "In those times
7καὶ στήσεται ἐκ τοῦ ἄνθους τῆς ῥίζης αὐτῆς τῆς ἑτοιμασίας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἥξει πρὸς τὴν δύναμιν καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὰ ὑποστηρίγματα τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ βορρᾶ καὶ ποιήσει ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ κατισχύσει.a branch from her roots shall rise up in his place. He shall come against the army and enter the fortress of the king of the north, and he shall take action against them and prevail.
8καί γε τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν χωνευτῶν αὐτῶν, πᾶν σκεῦος ἐπιθυμητὸν αὐτῶν ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου, μετὰ αἰχμαλωσίας οἴσει εἰς Αἴγυπτον· καὶ αὐτὸς στήσεται ὑπὲρ βασιλέα τοῦ βορρᾶ.Even their gods, with their idols and with their precious vessels of silver and gold, he shall carry off to Egypt as spoils of war. For some years he shall refrain from attacking the king of the north;
9καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ νότου· καὶ ἀναστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.then the latter shall invade the realm of the king of the south, but will return to his own land.
10καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ συνάξουσιν ὄχλον δυνάμεων πολλῶν, καὶ ἐλεύσεται ἐρχόμενος καὶ κατακλύζων· καὶ παρελεύσεται καὶ καθίεται καὶ συμπροσπλακήσεται ἕως τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ."His sons shall wage war and assemble a multitude of great forces, which shall advance like a flood and pass through, and again shall carry the war as far as his fortress.
11καὶ ἀγριανθήσεται βασιλεὺς τοῦ νότου καὶ ἐξελεύσεται καὶ πολεμήσει μετὰ βασιλέως τοῦ βορρᾶ· καὶ στήσει ὄχλον πολύν, καὶ παραδοθήσεται ὁ ὄχλος ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ·Moved with rage, the king of the south shall go out and do battle against the king of the north, who shall muster a great multitude, which shall, however, be defeated by his enemy.
12καὶ λήμψεται τὸν ὄχλον, καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταβαλεῖ μυριάδας καὶ οὐ κατισχύσει.When the multitude has been carried off, his heart shall be exalted, and he shall overthrow tens of thousands, but he shall not prevail.
13καὶ ἐπιστρέψει βασιλεὺς τοῦ βορρᾶ καὶ ἄξει ὄχλον πολὺν ὑπὲρ τὸν πρότερον καὶ εἰς τὸ τέλος τῶν καιρῶν ἐνιαυτῶν ἐπελεύσεται εἰσόδια ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ καὶ ἐν ὑπάρξει πολλῇ.For the king of the north shall again raise a multitude, larger than the former, and after some years he shall advance with a great army and abundant supplies.
14καὶ ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς ἐκείνοις πολλοὶ ἐπαναστήσονται ἐπὶ βασιλέα τοῦ νότου· καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν λοιμῶν τοῦ λαοῦ σου ἐπαρθήσονται τοῦ στῆσαι ὅρασιν καὶ ἀσθενήσουσιν."In those times many shall rise against the king of the south. The lawless among your own people shall lift themselves up in order to fulfill the vision, but they shall fail.
15καὶ εἰσελεύσεται βασιλεὺς τοῦ βορρᾶ καὶ ἐκχεεῖ πρόσχωμα καὶ συλλήμψεται πόλεις ὀχυράς, καὶ οἱ βραχίονες τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ νότου οὐ στήσονται, καὶ ἀναστήσονται οἱ ἐκλεκτοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἰσχὺς τοῦ στῆναι.Then the king of the north shall come and throw up siegeworks, and take a well-fortified city. And the forces of the south shall not stand, not even his picked troops, for there shall be no strength to resist.
16καὶ ποιήσει ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἑστὼς κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ· καὶ στήσεται ἐν γῇ τοῦ σαβι, καὶ συντελεσθήσεται ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ.But he who comes against him shall take the actions he pleases, and no one shall withstand him. He shall take a position in the beautiful land, and all of it shall be in his power.
17καὶ τάξει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἰσελθεῖν ἐν ἰσχύι πάσης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ καὶ εὐθεῖα πάντα μετ αὐτοῦ ποιήσει· καὶ θυγατέρα τῶν γυναικῶν δώσει αὐτῷ τοῦ διαφθεῖραι αὐτήν, καὶ οὐ μὴ παραμείνῃ καὶ οὐκ αὐτῷ ἔσται.He shall set his mind to come with the strength of his whole kingdom, and he shall bring terms of peace and perform them. In order to destroy the kingdom, he shall give him a woman in marriage; but it shall not succeed or be to his advantage.
18καὶ ἐπιστρέψει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς νήσους καὶ συλλήμψεται πολλὰς καὶ καταπαύσει ἄρχοντας ὀνειδισμοῦ αὐτῶν, πλὴν ὀνειδισμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπιστρέψει αὐτῷ.Afterward he shall turn to the coastlands, and shall capture many. But a commander shall put an end to his insolence; indeed, he shall turn his insolence back upon him.
19καὶ ἐπιστρέψει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀσθενήσει καὶ πεσεῖται καὶ οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται.Then he shall turn back toward the fortresses of his own land, but he shall stumble and fall, and shall not be found.
20καὶ ἀναστήσεται ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης αὐτοῦ φυτὸν βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν αὐτοῦ παραβιβάζων πράσσων δόξαν βασιλείας· καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις συντριβήσεται καὶ οὐκ ἐν προσώποις οὐδὲ ἐν πολέμῳ."Then shall arise in his place one who shall send an official for the glory of the kingdom; but within a few days he shall be broken, though not in anger or in battle.
21στήσεται ἐπὶ τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν αὐτοῦ· ἐξουδενώθη, καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκαν ἐπ αὐτὸν δόξαν βασιλείας· καὶ ἥξει ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ καὶ κατισχύσει βασιλείας ἐν ὀλισθρήμασιν.In his place shall arise a contemptible person on whom royal majesty had not been conferred; he shall come in without warning and obtain the kingdom through intrigue.
22καὶ βραχίονες τοῦ κατακλύζοντος κατακλυσθήσονται ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ καὶ συντριβήσονται, καὶ ἡγούμενος διαθήκης·Armies shall be utterly swept away and broken before him, and the prince of the covenant as well.
23καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν συναναμείξεων πρὸς αὐτὸν ποιήσει δόλον καὶ ἀναβήσεται καὶ ὑπερισχύσει αὐτοῦ ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἔθνει.And after an alliance is made with him, he shall act deceitfully and become strong with a small party.
24καὶ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ καὶ ἐν πίοσιν χώραις ἥξει καὶ ποιήσει ἃ οὐκ ἐποίησαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ πατέρες τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ· προνομὴν καὶ σκῦλα καὶ ὕπαρξιν αὐτοῖς διασκορπιεῖ καὶ ἐπ Αἴγυπτον λογιεῖται λογισμοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἕως καιροῦ.Without warning he shall come into the richest parts of the province and do what none of his predecessors had ever done, lavishing plunder, spoil, and wealth on them. He shall devise plans against strongholds, but only for a time.
25καὶ ἐξεγερθήσεται ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ βασιλέα τοῦ νότου ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ νότου συνάψει πόλεμον ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ καὶ ἰσχυρᾷ σφόδρα· καὶ οὐ στήσεται, ὅτι λογιοῦνται ἐπ αὐτὸν λογισμούς·He shall stir up his power and determination against the king of the south with a great army, and the king of the south shall wage war with a much greater and stronger army. But he shall not succeed, for plots shall be devised against him
26καὶ φάγονται τὰ δέοντα αὐτοῦ καὶ συντρίψουσιν αὐτόν, καὶ δυνάμεις κατακλύσει, καὶ πεσοῦνται τραυματίαι πολλοί.by those who eat of the royal rations. They shall break him, his army shall be swept away, and many shall fall slain.
27καὶ ἀμφότεροι οἱ βασιλεῖς, αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν εἰς πονηρίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τραπέζῃ μιᾷ ψευδῆ λαλήσουσιν, καὶ οὐ κατευθυνεῖ· ὅτι ἔτι πέρας εἰς καιρόν.The two kings, their minds bent on evil, shall sit at one table and exchange lies. But it shall not succeed, for there remains an end at the time appointed.
28καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ ἐν ὑπάρξει πολλῇ, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ διαθήκην ἁγίαν, καὶ ποιήσει καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.He shall return to his land with great wealth, but his heart shall be set against the holy covenant. He shall work his will, and return to his own land.
29εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ἐπιστρέψει καὶ ἥξει ἐν τῷ νότῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὡς ἡ πρώτη καὶ ὡς ἡ ἐσχάτη."At the time appointed he shall return and come into the south, but this time it shall not be as it was before.
30καὶ εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκπορευόμενοι Κίτιοι, καὶ ταπεινωθήσεται· καὶ ἐπιστρέψει καὶ θυμωθήσεται ἐπὶ διαθήκην ἁγίαν· καὶ ποιήσει καὶ ἐπιστρέψει καὶ συνήσει ἐπὶ τοὺς καταλιπόντας διαθήκην ἁγίαν.For ships of Kittim shall come against him, and he shall lose heart and withdraw. He shall be enraged and take action against the holy covenant. He shall turn back and pay heed to those who forsake the holy covenant.
31καὶ σπέρματα ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀναστήσονται καὶ βεβηλώσουσιν τὸ ἁγίασμα τῆς δυναστείας καὶ μεταστήσουσιν τὸν ἐνδελεχισμὸν καὶ δώσουσιν βδέλυγμα ἠφανισμένον.Forces sent by him shall occupy and profane the temple and fortress. They shall abolish the regular burnt offering and set up the abomination that makes desolate.
32καὶ οἱ ἀνομοῦντες διαθήκην ἐπάξουσιν ἐν ὀλισθρήμασιν, καὶ λαὸς γινώσκοντες θεὸν αὐτοῦ κατισχύσουσιν καὶ ποιήσουσιν.He shall seduce with intrigue those who violate the covenant; but the people who are loyal to their God shall stand firm and take action.
33καὶ οἱ συνετοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ συνήσουσιν εἰς πολλά· καὶ ἀσθενήσουσιν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ καὶ ἐν φλογὶ καὶ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ καὶ ἐν διαρπαγῇ ἡμερῶν.The wise among the people shall give understanding to many; for some days, however, they shall fall by sword and flame, and suffer captivity and plunder.
34καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀσθενῆσαι αὐτοὺς βοηθηθήσονται βοήθειαν μικράν, καὶ προστεθήσονται ἐπ αὐτοὺς πολλοὶ ἐν ὀλισθρήμασιν.When they fall victim, they shall receive a little help, and many shall join them insincerely.
35καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν συνιέντων ἀσθενήσουσιν τοῦ πυρῶσαι αὐτοὺς καὶ τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι καὶ τοῦ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι, ἕως καιροῦ πέρας· ὅτι ἔτι εἰς καιρόν.Some of the wise shall fall, so that they may be refined, purified, and cleansed, until the time of the end, for there is still an interval until the time appointed.
36καὶ ποιήσει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ μεγαλυνθήσεται ἐπὶ πάντα θεὸν καὶ λαλήσει ὑπέρογκα καὶ κατευθυνεῖ, μέχρις οὗ συντελεσθῇ ἡ ὀργή· εἰς γὰρ συντέλειαν γίνεται."The king shall act as he pleases. He shall exalt himself and consider himself greater than any god, and shall speak horrendous things against the God of gods. He shall prosper until the period of wrath is completed, for what is determined shall be done.
37καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας θεοὺς τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ οὐ συνήσει καὶ ἐπὶ ἐπιθυμίαν γυναικῶν καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶν θεὸν οὐ συνήσει, ὅτι ἐπὶ πάντας μεγαλυνθήσεται·He shall pay no respect to the gods of his ancestors, or to the one beloved by women; he shall pay no respect to any other god, for he shall consider himself greater than all.
38καὶ θεὸν μαωζιν ἐπὶ τόπου αὐτοῦ δοξάσει καὶ θεόν, ὃν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτοῦ, δοξάσει ἐν χρυσῷ καὶ ἀργύρῳ καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμήμασιν.He shall honor the god of fortresses instead of these; a god whom his ancestors did not know he shall honor with gold and silver, with precious stones and costly gifts.
39καὶ ποιήσει τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν τῶν καταφυγῶν μετὰ θεοῦ ἀλλοτρίου καὶ πληθυνεῖ δόξαν καὶ ὑποτάξει αὐτοῖς πολλοὺς καὶ γῆν διελεῖ ἐν δώροις.He shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Those who acknowledge him he shall make more wealthy, and shall appoint them as rulers over many, and shall distribute the land for a price.
40καὶ ἐν καιροῦ πέρατι συγκερατισθήσεται μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ νότου, καὶ συναχθήσεται ἐπ αὐτὸν βασιλεὺς τοῦ βορρᾶ ἐν ἅρμασιν καὶ ἐν ἱππεῦσιν καὶ ἐν ναυσὶν πολλαῖς καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν καὶ συντρίψει καὶ παρελεύσεται."At the time of the end the king of the south shall attack him. But the king of the north shall rush upon him like a whirlwind, with chariots and horsemen, and with many ships. He shall advance against countries and pass through like a flood.
41καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ σαβι, καὶ πολλοὶ ἀσθενήσουσιν· καὶ οὗτοι διασωθήσονται ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, Εδωμ καὶ Μωαβ καὶ ἀρχὴ υἱῶν Αμμων.He shall come into the beautiful land, and tens of thousands shall fall victim, but Edom and Moab and the main part of the Ammonites shall escape from his power.
42καὶ ἐκτενεῖ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ γῆ Αἰγύπτου οὐκ ἔσται εἰς σωτηρίαν.He shall stretch out his hand against the countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape.
43καὶ κυριεύσει ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις τοῦ χρυσοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀργύρου καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐπιθυμητοῖς Αἰγύπτου καὶ Λιβύων καὶ Αἰθιόπων ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν αὐτῶν.He shall become ruler of the treasures of gold and of silver, and all the riches of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall follow in his train.
44καὶ ἀκοαὶ καὶ σπουδαὶ ταράξουσιν αὐτὸν ἐξ ἀνατολῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, καὶ ἥξει ἐν θυμῷ πολλῷ τοῦ ἀφανίσαι καὶ τοῦ ἀναθεματίσαι πολλούς.But reports from the east and the north shall alarm him, and he shall go out with great fury to bring ruin and complete destruction to many.
45καὶ πήξει τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ εφαδανω ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν θαλασσῶν εἰς ὄρος σαβι ἅγιον· καὶ ἥξει ἕως μέρους αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ῥυόμενος αὐτόν.He shall pitch his palatial tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, with no one to help him.

Chapter 12

1καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἀναστήσεται Μιχαηλ ὁ ἄρχων ὁ μέγας ὁ ἑστηκὼς ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ σου· καὶ ἔσται καιρὸς θλίψεως, θλῖψις οἵα οὐ γέγονεν ἀφ οὗ γεγένηται ἔθνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἕως τοῦ καιροῦ ἐκείνου· καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ σωθήσεται ὁ λαός σου, πᾶς ὁ εὑρεθεὶς γεγραμμένος ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ."At that time Michael, the great prince, the protector of your people, shall arise. There shall be a time of anguish, such as has never occurred since nations first came into existence. But at that time your people shall be delivered, everyone who is found written in the book.
2καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν καθευδόντων ἐν γῆς χώματι ἐξεγερθήσονται, οὗτοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ οὗτοι εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ εἰς αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον.Many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.
3καὶ οἱ συνιέντες ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ἡ λαμπρότης τοῦ στερεώματος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν δικαίων τῶν πολλῶν ὡς οἱ ἀστέρες εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας καὶ ἔτι.Those who are wise shall shine like the brightness of the sky, and those who lead many to righteousness, like the stars forever and ever.
4καὶ σύ, Δανιηλ, ἔμφραξον τοὺς λόγους καὶ σφράγισον τὸ βιβλίον ἕως καιροῦ συντελείας, ἕως διδαχθῶσιν πολλοὶ καὶ πληθυνθῇ ἡ γνῶσις.But you, Daniel, keep the words secret and the book sealed until the time of the end. Many shall be running back and forth, and evil shall increase."
5καὶ εἶδον ἐγὼ Δανιηλ καὶ ἰδοὺ δύο ἕτεροι εἱστήκεισαν, εἷς ἐντεῦθεν τοῦ χείλους τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ εἷς ἐντεῦθεν τοῦ χείλους τοῦ ποταμοῦ.Then I, Daniel, looked, and two others appeared, one standing on this bank of the stream and one on the other.
6καὶ εἶπεν τῷ ἀνδρὶ τῷ ἐνδεδυμένῳ τὰ βαδδιν, ὃς ἦν ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ποταμοῦ Ἕως πότε τὸ πέρας ὧν εἴρηκας τῶν θαυμασίων;One of them said to the man clothed in linen, who was upstream, "How long shall it be until the end of these wonders?"
7καὶ ἤκουσα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τοῦ ἐνδεδυμένου τὰ βαδδιν, ὃς ἦν ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ ὕψωσεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀριστερὰν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ὤμοσεν ἐν τῷ ζῶντι τὸν αἰῶνα ὅτι Εἰς καιρὸν καιρῶν καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ· ἐν τῷ συντελεσθῆναι διασκορπισμὸν χειρὸς λαοῦ ἡγιασμένου γνώσονται πάντα ταῦτα.The man clothed in linen, who was upstream, raised his right hand and his left hand toward heaven. And I heard him swear by the one who lives forever that it would be for a time, two times, and half a time, and that when the shattering of the power of the holy people comes to an end, all these things would be accomplished.
8καὶ ἐγὼ ἤκουσα καὶ οὐ συνῆκα καὶ εἶπα Κύριε, τί τὰ ἔσχατα τούτων;I heard but could not understand; so I said, "My lord, what shall be the outcome of these things?"
9καὶ εἶπεν Δεῦρο, Δανιηλ, ὅτι ἐμπεφραγμένοι καὶ ἐσφραγισμένοι οἱ λόγοι, ἕως καιροῦ πέρας·He said, "Go your way, Daniel, for the words are to remain secret and sealed until the time of the end.
10ἐκλεγῶσιν καὶ ἐκλευκανθῶσιν καὶ πυρωθῶσιν πολλοί, καὶ ἀνομήσωσιν ἄνομοι· καὶ οὐ συνήσουσιν πάντες ἄνομοι, καὶ οἱ νοήμονες συνήσουσιν.Many shall be purified, cleansed, and refined, but the wicked shall continue to act wickedly. None of the wicked shall understand, but those who are wise shall understand.
11καὶ ἀπὸ καιροῦ παραλλάξεως τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ καὶ τοῦ δοθῆναι βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως ἡμέραι χίλιαι διακόσιαι ἐνενήκοντα.From the time that the regular burnt offering is taken away and the abomination that desolates is set up, there shall be one thousand two hundred ninety days.
12μακάριος ὁ ὑπομένων καὶ φθάσας εἰς ἡμέρας χιλίας τριακοσίας τριάκοντα πέντε.Happy are those who persevere and attain the thousand three hundred thirty-five days.
13καὶ σὺ δεῦρο καὶ ἀναπαύου· ἔτι γὰρ ἡμέραι εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν συντελείας, καὶ ἀναστήσῃ εἰς τὸν κλῆρόν σου εἰς συντέλειαν ἡμερῶν.But you, go your way, and rest; you shall rise for your reward at the end of the days."

Chapter 13

1Καὶ ἦν ἀνὴρ οἰκῶν ἐν Βαβυλῶνι, καὶ ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ιωακιμ.There was a man living in Babylon whose name was Ioakim.
2καὶ ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, ᾗ ὄνομα Σουσαννα θυγάτηρ Χελκιου, καλὴ σφόδρα καὶ φοβουμένη τὸν κύριον·He married the daughter of Hilkiah, named Susanna, a very beautiful woman and one who feared the Lord.
3καὶ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτῆς δίκαιοι καὶ ἐδίδαξαν τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωυσῆ.Her parents were righteous, and had trained their daughter according to the law of Moses.
4καὶ ἦν Ιωακιμ πλούσιος σφόδρα, καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ παράδεισος γειτνιῶν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ· καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν προσήγοντο οἱ Ιουδαῖοι διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐνδοξότερον πάντων.Ioakim was very rich, and had a fine garden adjoining his house; the Jews used to come to him because he was the most honored of them all.
5καὶ ἀπεδείχθησαν δύο πρεσβύτεροι ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ κριταὶ ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ ἐκείνῳ, περὶ ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ δεσπότης ὅτι Ἐξῆλθεν ἀνομία ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ἐκ πρεσβυτέρων κριτῶν, οἳ ἐδόκουν κυβερνᾶν τὸν λαόν.That year two elders from the people were appointed as judges. Concerning them the Lord had said: "Wickedness came forth from Babylon, from elders who were judges, who were supposed to govern the people."
6οὗτοι προσεκαρτέρουν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Ιωακιμ, καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτοὺς πάντες οἱ κρινόμενοι.These men were frequently at Ioakim’s house, and all who had a case to be tried came to them there.
7καὶ ἐγένετο ἡνίκα ἀπέτρεχεν ὁ λαὸς μέσον ἡμέρας, εἰσεπορεύετο Σουσαννα καὶ περιεπάτει ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς.When the people left at noon, Susanna would go into her husband’s garden to walk.
8καὶ ἐθεώρουν αὐτὴν οἱ δύο πρεσβύτεροι καθ ἡμέραν εἰσπορευομένην καὶ περιπατοῦσαν καὶ ἐγένοντο ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ αὐτῆς.Every day the two elders used to see her, going in and walking about, and they began to lust for her.
9καὶ διέστρεψαν τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν καὶ ἐξέκλιναν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν μηδὲ μνημονεύειν κριμάτων δικαίων.They suppressed their consciences and turned away their eyes from looking to Heaven or remembering their duty to administer justice.
10καὶ ἦσαν ἀμφότεροι κατανενυγμένοι περὶ αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ ἀνήγγειλαν ἀλλήλοις τὴν ὀδύνην αὐτῶν,Both were overwhelmed with passion for her, but they did not tell each other of their distress,
11ὅτι ᾐσχύνοντο ἀναγγεῖλαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν ὅτι ἤθελον συγγενέσθαι αὐτῇ.for they were ashamed to disclose their lustful desire to seduce her.
12καὶ παρετηροῦσαν φιλοτίμως καθ ἡμέραν ὁρᾶν αὐτήν.Day after day they watched eagerly to see her.
13καὶ εἶπαν ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ Πορευθῶμεν δὴ εἰς οἶκον, ὅτι ἀρίστου ὥρα ἐστίν· καὶ ἐξελθόντες διεχωρίσθησαν ἀπ ἀλλήλων·One day they said to each other, "Let us go home, for it is time for lunch." So they both left and parted from each other.
14καὶ ἀνακάμψαντες ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἀνετάζοντες ἀλλήλους τὴν αἰτίαν ὡμολόγησαν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν· καὶ τότε κοινῇ συνετάξαντο καιρὸν ὅτε αὐτὴν δυνήσονται εὑρεῖν μόνην.But turning back, they met again; and when each pressed the other for the reason, they confessed their lust. Then together they arranged for a time when they could find her alone.
15καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ παρατηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἡμέραν εὔθετον εἰσῆλθέν ποτε καθὼς ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτης ἡμέρας μετὰ δύο μόνων κορασίων καὶ ἐπεθύμησε λούσασθαι ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, ὅτι καῦμα ἦν·Once, while they were watching for an opportune day, she went in as before with only two maids, and wished to bathe in the garden, for it was a hot day.
16καὶ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς ἐκεῖ πλὴν οἱ δύο πρεσβύτεροι κεκρυμμένοι καὶ παρατηροῦντες αὐτήν.No one was there except the two elders, who had hidden themselves and were watching her.
17καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς κορασίοις Ἐνέγκατε δή μοι ἔλαιον καὶ σμῆγμα καὶ τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου κλείσατε, ὅπως λούσωμαι.She said to her maids, "Bring me olive oil and ointments, and shut the garden doors so that I can bathe."
18καὶ ἐποίησαν καθὼς εἶπεν καὶ ἀπέκλεισαν τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ ἐξῆλθαν κατὰ τὰς πλαγίας θύρας ἐνέγκαι τὰ προστεταγμένα αὐταῖς καὶ οὐκ εἴδοσαν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ὅτι ἦσαν κεκρυμμένοι.They did as she told them: they shut the doors of the garden and went out by the side doors to bring what they had been commanded; they did not see the elders, because they were hiding.
19καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐξήλθοσαν τὰ κοράσια, καὶ ἀνέστησαν οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται καὶ ἐπέδραμον αὐτῇWhen the maids had gone out, the two elders got up and ran to her.
20καὶ εἶπον Ἰδοὺ αἱ θύραι τοῦ παραδείσου κέκλεινται, καὶ οὐδεὶς θεωρεῖ ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ σού ἐσμεν· διὸ συγκατάθου ἡμῖν καὶ γενοῦ μεθ ἡμῶν·They said, "Look, the garden doors are shut, and no one can see us. We are burning with desire for you; so give your consent, and lie with us.
21εἰ δὲ μή, καταμαρτυρήσομέν σου ὅτι ἦν μετὰ σοῦ νεανίσκος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξαπέστειλας τὰ κοράσια ἀπὸ σοῦ.If you refuse, we will testify against you that a young man was with you, and this was why you sent your maids away."
22καὶ ἀνεστέναξεν Σουσαννα καὶ εἶπεν Στενά μοι πάντοθεν· ἐάν τε γὰρ τοῦτο πράξω, θάνατός μοί ἐστιν, ἐάν τε μὴ πράξω, οὐκ ἐκφεύξομαι τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν·Susanna groaned and said, "I am completely trapped. For if I do this, it will mean death for me; if I do not, I cannot escape your hands.
23αἱρετόν μοί ἐστιν μὴ πράξασαν ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν ἢ ἁμαρτεῖν ἐνώπιον κυρίου.I choose not to do it; I will fall into your hands, rather than sin in the sight of the Lord."
24καὶ ἀνεβόησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Σουσαννα, ἐβόησαν δὲ καὶ οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται κατέναντι αὐτῆς.Then Susanna cried out with a loud voice, and the two elders shouted against her.
25καὶ δραμὼν ὁ εἷς ἤνοιξεν τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου.And one of them ran and opened the garden doors.
26ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τὴν κραυγὴν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ οἱ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας, εἰσεπήδησαν διὰ τῆς πλαγίας θύρας ἰδεῖν τὸ συμβεβηκὸς αὐτῇ.When the people in the house heard the shouting in the garden, they rushed in at the side door to see what had happened to her.
27ἡνίκα δὲ εἶπαν οἱ πρεσβῦται τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν, κατῃσχύνθησαν οἱ δοῦλοι σφόδρα, ὅτι πώποτε οὐκ ἐρρέθη λόγος τοιοῦτος περὶ Σουσαννης.And when the elders told their story, the servants felt very much ashamed, for nothing like this had ever been said about Susanna.
28Καὶ ἐγένετο τῇ ἐπαύριον ὡς συνῆλθεν ὁ λαὸς πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς Ιωακιμ, ἦλθον οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται πλήρεις τῆς ἀνόμου ἐννοίας κατὰ Σουσαννης τοῦ θανατῶσαι αὐτὴνThe next day, when the people gathered at the house of her husband Ioakim, the two elders came, full of their wicked plot to have Susanna put to death.
29καὶ εἶπαν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ λαοῦ Ἀποστείλατε ἐπὶ Σουσανναν θυγατέρα Χελκιου, ἥ ἐστιν γυνὴ Ιωακιμ· οἱ δὲ ἀπέστειλαν.In the presence of the people they said, "Send for Susanna daughter of Hilkiah, the wife of Ioakim."
30καὶ ἦλθεν αὐτὴ καὶ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς καὶ πάντες οἱ συγγενεῖς αὐτῆς·So they sent for her. And she came with her parents, her children, and all her relatives.
31ἡ δὲ Σουσαννα ἦν τρυφερὰ σφόδρα καὶ καλὴ τῷ εἴδει.Now Susanna was a woman of great refinement and beautiful in appearance.
32οἱ δὲ παράνομοι ἐκέλευσαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτήν, ἦν γὰρ κατακεκαλυμμένη, ὅπως ἐμπλησθῶσιν τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς·As she was veiled, the scoundrels ordered her to be unveiled, so that they might feast their eyes on her beauty.
33ἔκλαιον δὲ οἱ παρ αὐτῆς καὶ πάντες οἱ ἰδόντες αὐτήν.Those who were with her and all who saw her were weeping.
34ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται ἐν μέσῳ τῷ λαῷ ἔθηκαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς·Then the two elders stood up before the people and laid their hands on her head.
35ἡ δὲ κλαίουσα ἀνέβλεψεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, ὅτι ἦν ἡ καρδία αὐτῆς πεποιθυῖα ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ.Through her tears she looked up toward Heaven, for her heart trusted in the Lord.
36εἶπαν δὲ οἱ πρεσβῦται Περιπατούντων ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ μόνων εἰσῆλθεν αὕτη μετὰ δύο παιδισκῶν καὶ ἀπέκλεισεν τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ ἀπέλυσεν τὰς παιδίσκας·The elders said, "While we were walking in the garden alone, this woman came in with two maids, shut the garden doors, and dismissed the maids.
37καὶ ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτὴν νεανίσκος, ὃς ἦν κεκρυμμένος, καὶ ἀνέπεσε μετ αὐτῆς.Then a young man, who was hiding there, came to her and lay with her.
38ἡμεῖς δὲ ὄντες ἐν τῇ γωνίᾳ τοῦ παραδείσου ἰδόντες τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐδράμομεν ἐπ αὐτούς·We were in a corner of the garden, and when we saw this wickedness we ran to them.
39καὶ ἰδόντες συγγινομένους αὐτοὺς ἐκείνου μὲν οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐγκρατεῖς γενέσθαι διὰ τὸ ἰσχύειν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀνοίξαντα τὰς θύρας ἐκπεπηδηκέναι,Although we saw them embracing, we could not hold the man, because he was stronger than we, and he opened the doors and got away.
40ταύτης δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπηρωτῶμεν, τίς ἦν ὁ νεανίσκος,We did, however, seize this woman and asked who the young man was,
41καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἀναγγεῖλαι ἡμῖν. ταῦτα μαρτυροῦμεν. καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτοῖς ἡ συναγωγὴ ὡς πρεσβυτέροις τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ κριταῖς καὶ κατέκριναν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν.but she would not tell us. These things we testify." Because they were elders of the people and judges, the assembly believed them and condemned her to death.
42ἀνεβόησεν δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Σουσαννα καὶ εἶπεν Ὁ θεὸς ὁ αἰώνιος ὁ τῶν κρυπτῶν γνώστης ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν,Then Susanna cried out with a loud voice, and said, "O eternal God, you know what is secret and are aware of all things before they come to be;
43σὺ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι ψευδῆ μου κατεμαρτύρησαν· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀποθνῄσκω μὴ ποιήσασα μηδὲν ὧν οὗτοι ἐπονηρεύσαντο κατ ἐμοῦ.you know that these men have given false evidence against me. And now I am to die, though I have done none of the wicked things that they have charged against me!"
44Καὶ εἰσήκουσεν κύριος τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῆς.The Lord heard her cry.
45καὶ ἀπαγομένης αὐτῆς ἀπολέσθαι ἐξήγειρεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον παιδαρίου νεωτέρου, ᾧ ὄνομα Δανιηλ,Just as she was being led off to execution, God stirred up the holy spirit of a young lad named Daniel,
46καὶ ἐβόησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος ταύτης.and he shouted with a loud voice, "I want no part in shedding this woman’s blood!"
47ἐπέστρεψεν δὲ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπαν Τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὃν σὺ λελάληκας;All the people turned to him and asked, "What is this you are saying?"
48ὁ δὲ στὰς ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν Οὕτως μωροί, οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ; οὐκ ἀνακρίναντες οὐδὲ τὸ σαφὲς ἐπιγνόντες κατεκρίνατε θυγατέρα Ισραηλ;Taking his stand among them he said, "Are you such fools, O Israelites, as to condemn a daughter of Israel without examination and without learning the facts?
49ἀναστρέψατε εἰς τὸ κριτήριον· ψευδῆ γὰρ οὗτοι κατεμαρτύρησαν αὐτῆς.Return to court, for these men have given false evidence against her."
50καὶ ἀνέστρεψεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς μετὰ σπουδῆς. καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι Δεῦρο κάθισον ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀνάγγειλον ἡμῖν· ὅτι σοὶ δέδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πρεσβεῖον.So all the people hurried back. And the rest of the elders said to him, "Come, sit among us and inform us, for God has given you the standing of an elder."
51καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Δανιηλ Διαχωρίσατε αὐτοὺς ἀπ ἀλλήλων μακράν, καὶ ἀνακρινῶ αὐτούς.Daniel said to them, "Separate them far from each other, and I will examine them."
52ὡς δὲ διεχωρίσθησαν εἷς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνός, ἐκάλεσεν τὸν ἕνα αὐτῶν καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν Πεπαλαιωμένε ἡμερῶν κακῶν, νῦν ἥκασιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἃς ἐποίεις τὸ πρότερονWhen they were separated from each other, he summoned one of them and said to him, "You old relic of wicked days, your sins have now come home, which you have committed in the past,
53κρίνων κρίσεις ἀδίκους καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀθῴους κατακρίνων ἀπολύων δὲ τοὺς αἰτίους, λέγοντος τοῦ κυρίου Ἀθῷον καὶ δίκαιον οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖς·pronouncing unjust judgments, condemning the innocent and acquitting the guilty, though the Lord said, ’You shall not put an innocent and righteous person to death.’
54νῦν οὖν ταύτην εἴπερ εἶδες, εἰπόν Ὑπὸ τί δένδρον εἶδες αὐτοὺς ὁμιλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ὑπὸ σχῖνον.Now then, if you really saw this woman, tell me this: Under what tree did you see them being intimate with each other?" He answered, "Under a mastic tree."
55εἶπεν δὲ Δανιηλ Ὀρθῶς ἔψευσαι εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ κεφαλήν· ἤδη γὰρ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ λαβὼν φάσιν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σχίσει σε μέσον.And Daniel said, "Very well! This lie has cost you your head, for the angel of God has received the sentence from God and will immediately cut you in two."
56καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσεν προσαγαγεῖν τὸν ἕτερον· καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Σπέρμα Χανααν καὶ οὐκ Ιουδα, τὸ κάλλος ἐξηπάτησέν σε, καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία διέστρεψεν τὴν καρδίαν σου·Then, putting him to one side, he ordered them to bring the other. And he said to him, "You offspring of Canaan and not of Judah, beauty has beguiled you and lust has perverted your heart.
57οὕτως ἐποιεῖτε θυγατράσιν Ισραηλ, καὶ ἐκεῖναι φοβούμεναι ὡμίλουν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ οὐ θυγάτηρ Ιουδα ὑπέμεινεν τὴν ἀνομίαν ὑμῶν·This is how you have been treating the daughters of Israel, and they were intimate with you through fear; but a daughter of Judah would not tolerate your wickedness.
58νῦν οὖν λέγε μοι Ὑπὸ τί δένδρον κατέλαβες αὐτοὺς ὁμιλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ὑπὸ πρῖνον.Now then, tell me: Under what tree did you catch them being intimate with each other?" He answered, "Under an evergreen oak."
59εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ Δανιηλ Ὀρθῶς ἔψευσαι καὶ σὺ εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ κεφαλήν· μένει γὰρ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἔχων πρίσαι σε μέσον, ὅπως ἐξολεθρεύσῃ ὑμᾶς.Daniel said to him, "Very well! This lie has cost you also your head, for the angel of God is waiting with his sword to split you in two, so as to destroy you both."
60καὶ ἀνεβόησεν πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εὐλόγησαν τῷ θεῷ τῷ σῴζοντι τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπ αὐτόν.Then the whole assembly raised a great shout and blessed God, who saves those who hope in him.
61καὶ ἀνέστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς δύο πρεσβύτας, ὅτι συνέστησεν αὐτοὺς Δανιηλ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν ψευδομαρτυρήσαντας, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὃν τρόπον ἐπονηρεύσαντο τῷ πλησίον,And they took action against the two elders, because out of their own mouths Daniel had convicted them of bearing false witness; they did to them as they had wickedly planned to do to their neighbor.
62ποιῆσαι κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωυσῆ, καὶ ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς· καὶ ἐσώθη αἷμα ἀναίτιον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ.Acting in accordance with the law of Moses, they put them to death. Thus innocent blood was spared that day.
63Χελκιας δὲ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ᾔνεσαν τὸν θεὸν περὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῶν Σουσαννας μετὰ Ιωακιμ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν συγγενῶν πάντων, ὅτι οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν αὐτῇ ἄσχημον πρᾶγμα.Hilkiah and his wife praised God for their daughter Susanna, and so did her husband Ioakim and all her relatives, because she was found innocent of a shameful deed.
64καὶ Δανιηλ ἐγένετο μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ἐπέκεινα.And from that day onward Daniel had a great reputation among the people.

Chapter 14

1Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀστυάγης προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ παρέλαβεν Κῦρος ὁ Πέρσης τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ.When King Astyages was laid to rest with his ancestors, Cyrus the Persian succeeded to his kingdom.
2καὶ ἦν Δανιηλ συμβιωτὴς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἔνδοξος ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ.Daniel was a companion of the king, and was the most honored of all his Friends.
3καὶ ἦν εἴδωλον τοῖς Βαβυλωνίοις, ᾧ ὄνομα Βηλ, καὶ ἐδαπανῶντο εἰς αὐτὸν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας σεμιδάλεως ἀρτάβαι δώδεκα καὶ πρόβατα τεσσαράκοντα καὶ οἴνου μετρηταὶ ἕξ.Now the Babylonians had an idol called Bel, and every day they provided for it twelve bushels of choice flour and forty sheep and six measures of wine.
4καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐσέβετο αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπορεύετο καθ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν προσκυνεῖν αὐτῷ· Δανιηλ δὲ προσεκύνει τῷ θεῷ αὐτοῦ.The king revered it and went every day to worship it. But Daniel worshiped his own God. So the king said to him, "Why do you not worship Bel?"
5καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς Διὰ τί οὐ προσκυνεῖς τῷ Βηλ; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ὅτι οὐ σέβομαι εἴδωλα χειροποίητα, ἀλλὰ τὸν ζῶντα θεὸν τὸν κτίσαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ ἔχοντα πάσης σαρκὸς κυριείαν.He answered, "Because I do not revere idols made with hands, but the living God, who created heaven and earth and has dominion over all living creatures."
6καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς Οὐ δοκεῖ σοι Βηλ εἶναι ζῶν θεός; ἦ οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅσα ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει καθ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν;The king said to him, "Do you not think that Bel is a living god? Do you not see how much he eats and drinks every day?"
7καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ γελάσας Μὴ πλανῶ, βασιλεῦ· οὗτος γὰρ ἔσωθεν μέν ἐστι πηλὸς ἔξωθεν δὲ χαλκὸς καὶ οὐ βέβρωκεν οὐδὲ πέπωκεν πώποτε.And Daniel laughed, and said, "Do not be deceived, O king, for this thing is only clay inside and bronze outside, and it never ate or drank anything."
8καὶ θυμωθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἱερεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἐὰν μὴ εἴπητέ μοι τίς ὁ κατέσθων τὴν δαπάνην ταύτην, ἀποθανεῖσθε· ἐὰν δὲ δείξητε ὅτι Βηλ κατεσθίει αὐτά, ἀποθανεῖται Δανιηλ, ὅτι ἐβλασφήμησεν εἰς τὸν Βηλ.Then the king was angry and called the priests of Bel and said to them, "If you do not tell me who is eating these provisions, you shall die. But if you prove that Bel is eating them, Daniel shall die, because he has spoken blasphemy against Bel."
9καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ τῷ βασιλεῖ Γινέσθω κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου. καὶ ἦσαν ἱερεῖς τοῦ Βηλ ἑβδομήκοντα ἐκτὸς γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων.Daniel said to the king, "Let it be done as you have said." Now there were seventy priests of Bel, besides their wives and children.
10καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ βασιλεὺς μετὰ Δανιηλ εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Βηλ.So the king went with Daniel into the temple of Bel.
11καὶ εἶπαν οἱ ἱερεῖς τοῦ Βηλ Ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀποτρέχομεν ἔξω, σὺ δέ, βασιλεῦ, παράθες τὰ βρώματα καὶ τὸν οἶνον κεράσας θὲς καὶ ἀπόκλεισον τὴν θύραν καὶ σφράγισον τῷ δακτυλίῳ σου· καὶ ἐλθὼν πρωὶ ἐὰν μὴ εὕρῃς πάντα βεβρωμένα ὑπὸ τοῦ Βηλ, ἀποθανούμεθα ἢ Δανιηλ ὁ ψευδόμενος καθ ἡμῶν.The priests of Bel said, "See, we are now going outside; you yourself, O king, set out the food and prepare the wine, and shut the door and seal it with your signet. When you return in the morning, if you do not find that Bel has eaten it all, we will die; otherwise Daniel will, who is telling lies about us."
12αὐτοὶ δὲ κατεφρόνουν, ὅτι πεποιήκεισαν ὑπὸ τὴν τράπεζαν κεκρυμμένην εἴσοδον καὶ δι αὐτῆς εἰσεπορεύοντο διόλου καὶ ἀνήλουν αὐτά.They were unconcerned, for beneath the table they had made a hidden entrance, through which they used to go in regularly and consume the provisions.
13καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐξήλθοσαν ἐκεῖνοι, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς παρέθηκεν τὰ βρώματα τῷ Βηλ.After they had gone out, the king set out the food for Bel.
14καὶ ἐπέταξεν Δανιηλ τοῖς παιδαρίοις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἤνεγκαν τέφραν καὶ κατέσησαν ὅλον τὸν ναὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως μόνου· καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἔκλεισαν τὴν θύραν καὶ ἐσφραγίσαντο ἐν τῷ δακτυλίῳ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ἀπῆλθον.Then Daniel ordered his servants to bring ashes, and they scattered them throughout the whole temple in the presence of the king alone. Then they went out, shut the door and sealed it with the king’s signet, and departed.
15οἱ δὲ ἱερεῖς ἦλθον τὴν νύκτα κατὰ τὸ ἔθος αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν καὶ κατέφαγον πάντα καὶ ἐξέπιον.During the night the priests came as usual, with their wives and children, and they ate and drank everything.
16καὶ ὤρθρισεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ πρωὶ καὶ Δανιηλ μετ αὐτοῦ.Early in the morning the king rose and came, and Daniel with him.
17καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Σῷοι αἱ σφραγῖδες, Δανιηλ; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Σῷοι, βασιλεῦ.The king said, "Are the seals unbroken, Daniel?" He answered, "They are unbroken, O king."
18καὶ ἐγένετο ἅμα τῷ ἀνοῖξαι τὰς θύρας ἐπιβλέψας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν ἐβόησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Μέγας εἶ, Βηλ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν παρὰ σοὶ δόλος οὐδὲ εἷς.As soon as the doors were opened, the king looked at the table, and shouted in a loud voice, "You are great, O Bel, and in you there is no deceit at all!"
19καὶ ἐγέλασεν Δανιηλ καὶ ἐκράτησεν τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ μὴ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν ἔσω καὶ εἶπεν Ἰδὲ δὴ τὸ ἔδαφος καὶ γνῶθι τίνος τὰ ἴχνη ταῦτα.But Daniel laughed and restrained the king from going in. "Look at the floor," he said, "and notice whose footprints these are."
20καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Ὁρῶ τὰ ἴχνη ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων.The king said, "I see the footprints of men and women and children."
21καὶ ὀργισθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς τότε συνέλαβεν τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔδειξαν αὐτῷ τὰς κρυπτὰς θύρας, δι ὧν εἰσεπορεύοντο καὶ ἐδαπάνων τὰ ἐπὶ τῇ τραπέζῃ.Then the king was enraged, and he arrested the priests and their wives and children. They showed him the secret doors through which they used to enter to consume what was on the table.
22καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτοὺς ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ἔδωκεν τὸν Βηλ ἔκδοτον τῷ Δανιηλ, καὶ κατέστρεψεν αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν αὐτοῦ.Therefore the king put them to death, and gave Bel over to Daniel, who destroyed it and its temple.
23Καὶ ἦν δράκων μέγας, καὶ ἐσέβοντο αὐτὸν οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι.Now in that place there was a great dragon, which the Babylonians revered.
24καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ Δανιηλ Οὐ δύνασαι εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος θεὸς ζῶν· καὶ προσκύνησον αὐτῷ.The king said to Daniel, "You cannot deny that this is a living god; so worship him."
25καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ Κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ μου προσκυνήσω, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν θεὸς ζῶν· σὺ δέ, βασιλεῦ, δός μοι ἐξουσίαν, καὶ ἀποκτενῶ τὸν δράκοντα ἄνευ μαχαίρας καὶ ῥάβδου.Daniel said, "I worship the Lord my God, for he is the living God. But give me permission, O king, and I will kill the dragon without sword or club."
26καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεύς Δίδωμί σοι.The king said, "I give you permission."
27καὶ ἔλαβεν Δανιηλ πίσσαν καὶ στῆρ καὶ τρίχας καὶ ἥψησεν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐποίησεν μάζας καὶ ἔδωκεν εἰς τὸ στόμα τοῦ δράκοντος, καὶ φαγὼν διερράγη ὁ δράκων. καὶ εἶπεν Ἴδετε τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν.Then Daniel took pitch, fat, and hair, and boiled them together and made cakes, which he fed to the dragon. The dragon ate them, and burst open. Then Daniel said, "See what you have been worshiping!"
28καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσαν οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι, ἠγανάκτησαν λίαν καὶ συνεστράφησαν ἐπὶ τὸν βασιλέα καὶ εἶπαν Ιουδαῖος γέγονεν ὁ βασιλεύς· τὸν Βηλ κατέσπασεν καὶ τὸν δράκοντα ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς κατέσφαξεν.When the Babylonians heard about it, they were very indignant and conspired against the king, saying, "The king has become a Jew; he has destroyed Bel, and killed the dragon, and slaughtered the priests."
29καὶ εἶπαν ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Παράδος ἡμῖν τὸν Δανιηλ· εἰ δὲ μή, ἀποκτενοῦμέν σε καὶ τὸν οἶκόν σου.Going to the king, they said, "Hand Daniel over to us, or else we will kill you and your household."
30καὶ εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅτι ἐπείγουσιν αὐτὸν σφόδρα, καὶ ἀναγκασθεὶς παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Δανιηλ.The king saw that they were pressing him hard, and under compulsion he handed Daniel over to them.
31οἱ δὲ ἐνέβαλον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἡμέρας ἕξ.They threw Daniel into the lions’ den, and he was there for six days.
32ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ ἑπτὰ λέοντες, καὶ ἐδίδετο αὐτοῖς τὴν ἡμέραν δύο σώματα καὶ δύο πρόβατα· τότε δὲ οὐκ ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς, ἵνα καταφάγωσιν τὸν Δανιηλ.There were seven lions in the den, and every day they had been given two human bodies and two sheep; but now they were given nothing, so that they would devour Daniel.
33καὶ ἦν Αμβακουμ ὁ προφήτης ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἥψησεν ἕψεμα καὶ ἐνέθρυψεν ἄρτους εἰς σκάφην καὶ ἐπορεύετο εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἀπενέγκαι τοῖς θερισταῖς.Now the prophet Habakkuk was in Judea; he had made a stew and had broken bread into a bowl, and was going into the field to take it to the reapers.
34καὶ εἶπεν ἄγγελος κυρίου τῷ Αμβακουμ Ἀπένεγκε τὸ ἄριστον, ὃ ἔχεις, εἰς Βαβυλῶνα τῷ Δανιηλ εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῶν λεόντων.But the angel of the Lord said to Habakkuk, "Take the food that you have to Babylon, to Daniel, in the lions’ den."
35καὶ εἶπεν Αμβακουμ Κύριε, Βαβυλῶνα οὐχ ἑώρακα καὶ τὸν λάκκον οὐ γινώσκω.Habakkuk said, "Sir, I have never seen Babylon, and I know nothing about the den."
36καὶ ἐπελάβετο ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου τῆς κορυφῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ βαστάσας τῆς κόμης τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἐπάνω τοῦ λάκκου ἐν τῷ ῥοίζῳ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ.Then the angel of the Lord took him by the crown of his head and carried him by his hair; with the speed of the wind he set him down in Babylon, right over the den.
37καὶ ἐβόησεν Αμβακουμ λέγων Δανιηλ Δανιηλ, λαβὲ τὸ ἄριστον, ὃ ἀπέστειλέν σοι ὁ θεός.Then Habakkuk shouted, "Daniel, Daniel! Take the food that God has sent you."
38καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ Ἐμνήσθης γάρ μου, ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐκ ἐγκατέλιπες τοὺς ἀγαπῶντάς σε.Daniel said, "You have remembered me, O God, and have not forsaken those who love you."
39καὶ ἀναστὰς Δανιηλ ἔφαγεν· ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκατέστησεν τὸν Αμβακουμ παραχρῆμα εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ.So Daniel got up and ate. And the angel of God immediately returned Habakkuk to his own place.
40ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἦλθεν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ πενθῆσαι τὸν Δανιηλ· καὶ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν λάκκον καὶ ἐνέβλεψεν, καὶ ἰδοὺ Δανιηλ καθήμενος.On the seventh day the king came to mourn for Daniel. When he came to the den he looked in, and there sat Daniel!
41καὶ ἀναβοήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν Μέγας εἶ, κύριε ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Δανιηλ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν πλὴν σοῦ ἄλλος.The king shouted with a loud voice, "You are great, O Lord, the God of Daniel, and there is no other besides you!"
42καὶ ἐξήγαγεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν Δανιηλ ἐκ τοῦ λάκκου· καὶ τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἀπωλείας αὐτοῦ ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὸν λάκκον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Δανιηλ, καὶ κατεβρώθησαν. Then he pulled Daniel out, and threw into the den those who had attempted his destruction, and they were instantly eaten before his eyes.


Appendix

Susanna

Note:

  • We present in parallel the Greek text of the Septuagint and that of Theodotion.
  • We have underlined the identical words in both versions
  • The brackets [] indicate the verses that we had to move for comparison
  • The text of both versions is by A. Rahlfs, Septuaginta. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelstiftung, 1935)
  • The beginning of the Septuagint text is lost
  • In the English translation below, the underlined words reflect the identical words in the Greek original
Text of the Septuagint (Old Greek)Text of Theodotion
1 Και ἦν ἀνὴρ οἰκῶν ἐν Βαβυλῶνι, καὶ ὄνομα αὐτῷ ᾿Ιωακείμ. 2 καὶ ἔλαβε γυναῖκα, ᾗ ὄνομα Σωσάννα, θυγάτηρ Χελκίου, καλὴ σφόδρα καὶ φοβουμένη τὸν Κύριον· 3 καὶ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτῆς δίκαιοι καὶ ἐδίδαξαν τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωυσῆ. 4 καὶ ἦν ᾿Ιωακεὶμ πλούσιος σφόδρα, καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ παράδεισος γειτνιῶν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ· καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν προσήγοντο οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐνδοξότερον πάντων. 5 καὶ ἀπεδείχθησαν δύο πρεσβύτεροι ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ κριταὶ ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ ἐκείνῳ, περὶ ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ δεσπότης, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἀνομία ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ἐκ πρεσβυτέρων κριτῶν, οἳ ἐδόκουν κυβερνᾶν τὸν λαόν.
6 καὶ ἤρχοντο κρίσεις ἐξ ἄλλων πόλεων πρὸς αὐτούς6 οὗτοι προσεκαρτέρουν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ᾿Ιωκείμ, καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτοὺς πάντες οἱ κρινόμενοι.
7 οὗτοι ἰδόντες γυναῖκα ἀστείαν τῷ εἴδει γυναῖκα ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ ὄνομα Σουσανναν θυγατέρα Χελκιου γυναῖκα Ιωακιμ περιπατοῦσαν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς τὸ δειλινὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμήσαντες αὐτῆς7 καὶ ἐγένετο ἡνίκα ἀπέτρεχεν ὁ λαὸς μέσον ἡμέρας, εἰσεπορεύετο Σωσάννα καὶ περιεπάτει ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς. 8 καὶ ἐθεώρουν αὐτὴν οἱ δύο πρεσβύτεροι καθ᾿ ἡμέραν εἰσπορευομένην καὶ περιπατοῦσαν καὶ ἐγένοντο ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ αὐτῆς.
9 διέστρεψαν τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐξέκλιναν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν μηδὲ μνημονεύειν κριμάτων δικαίων9 καὶ διέστρεψαν τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν καὶ ἐξέκλιναν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, μηδὲ μνημονεύειν κριμάτων δικαίων.
10 καὶ ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν κατανενυγμένοι περὶ αὐτῆς καὶ ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ οὐ προσεποιεῖτο τὸ κακὸν τὸ ἔχον αὐτοὺς περὶ αὐτῆς οὐδὲ ἡ γυνὴ ἔγνω τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο10 καὶ ἦσαν ἀμφότεροι κατανενυγμένοι περὶ αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ ἀνήγγειλαν ἀλλήλοις τὴν ὀδύνην αὐτῶν, 11 ὅτι ᾐσχύνοντο ἀναγγεῖλαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν ὅτι ἤθελον συγγενέσθαι αὐτῇ.
12 καὶ ὡς ἐγίνετο ὄρθρος ἐρχόμενοι ἔκλεπτον ἀλλήλους σπεύδοντες τίς φανήσεται αὐτῇ πρότερος καὶ λαλήσει πρὸς αὐτήν12 καὶ παρετηροῦσαν φιλοτίμως καθ’ ἡμέραν ὁρᾶν αὐτήν.
13 καὶ ἰδοὺ αὕτη κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς περιεπάτει καὶ ὁ εἷς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἐληλύθει καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ ἕτερος παρεγένετο καὶ εἷς τὸν ἕτερον ἀνέκρινε λέγων τί σὺ οὕτως ὄρθρου ἐξῆλθες οὐ παραλαβών με καὶ ἐξωμολογήσαντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἑκάτερος τὴν ὀδύνην αὐτοῦ13 καὶ εἶπαν ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ· πορευθῶμεν δὴ εἰς οἶκον, ὅτι ἀρίστου ὥρα ἐστί. καὶ ἐξελθόντες διεχωρίσθησαν ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, 14 καὶ ἀνακάμψαντες ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἀνετάζοντες ἀλλήλους τὴν αἰτίαν, ὡμολόγησαν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν· καὶ τότε κοινῇ συνετάξαντο καιρὸν ὅτε αὐτὴν δυνήσονται εὑρεῖν μόνην.
15 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ παρατηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἡμέραν εὔθετον εἰσῆλθέ ποτε καθὼς ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτης ἡμέρας μετὰ δύο μόνων κορασίων καὶ ἐπεθύμησε λούσασθαι ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, ὅτι καῦμα ἦν. 16 καὶ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς ἐκεῖ πλὴν οἱ δύο πρεσβύτεροι κεκρυμμένοι καὶ παρατηροῦντες αὐτήν. 17 καὶ εἶπε τοῖς κορασίοις· ἐνέγκατε δή μοι ἔλαιον καὶ σμήγματα καὶ τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου κλείσατε, ὅπως λούσωμαι. 18 καὶ ἐποίησαν καθὼς εἶπε καὶ ἀπέκλεισαν τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ ἐξῆλθαν κατὰ τὰς πλαγίας θύρας ἐνέγκαι τὰ προστεταγμένα αὐταῖς καὶ οὐκ εἴδοσαν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ὅτι ἦσαν κεκρυμμένοι.
19 καὶ εἶπεν εἷς τῷ ἑτέρῳ πορευθῶμεν πρὸς αὐτήν καὶ συνθέμενοι προσήλθοσαν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐξεβιάζοντο αὐτήν19 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐξήλθοσαν τὰ κοράσια, καὶ ἀνέστησαν οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται καὶ ἐπέδραμον αὐτῇ 20 καὶ εἶπον· ἰδοὺ αἱ θύραι τοῦ παραδείσου κέκλεινται, καὶ οὐδεὶς θεωρεῖ ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ σού ἐσμεν· διὸ συγκατάθου ἡμῖν καὶ γενοῦ μεθ’ ἡμῶν· 21 εἰ δὲ μή, καταμαρτυρήσομέν σου ὅτι ἦν μετὰ σοῦ νεανίσκος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξαπέστειλας τὰ κοράσια ἀπὸ σοῦ.
22 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ἡ Ιουδαία οἶδα ὅτι ἐὰν πράξω τοῦτο θάνατός μοί ἐστι καὶ ἐὰν μὴ πράξω οὐκ ἐκφεύξομαι τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν22 καὶ ἀνεστέναξε Σωσάννα καὶ εἶπε· στενά μοι πάντοθεν· ἐάν τε γὰρ τοῦτο πράξω, θάνατός μοί ἐστιν, ἐάν τε μὴ πράξω, οὐκ ἐκφεύξομαι τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν.
23 κάλλιον δέ με μὴ πράξασαν ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν ἢ ἁμαρτεῖν ἐνώπιον κυρίου23 αἱρετώτερόν μοί ἐστι μὴ πράξασαν ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν ἢ ἁμαρτεῖν ἐνώπιον Κυρίου. 24 καὶ ἀνεβόησε φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Σωσάννα, ἐβόησαν δὲ καὶ οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται κατέναντι αὐτῆς. 25 καὶ δραμὼν ὁ εἷς ἤνοιξε τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου. 26 ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τὴν κραυγὴν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ οἱ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας, εἰσεπήδησαν διὰ τῆς πλαγίας θύρας ἰδεῖν τὸ συμβεβηκὸς αὐτῇ. 27 ἡνίκα δὲ εἶπαν οἱ πρεσβῦται τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν, κατῃσχύνθησαν οἱ δοῦλοι σφόδρα, ὅτι πώποτε οὐκ ἐρρήθη λόγος τοιοῦτος περὶ Σωσάννης.
28 οἱ δὲ παράνομοι ἄνδρες ἀπέστρεψαν ἀπειλοῦντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐνεδρεύοντες ἵνα θανατώσουσιν αὐτήν καὶ ἐλθόντες ἐπὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τῆς πόλεως οὗ παρῳκοῦσαν καὶ συνήδρευσαν οἱ ὄντες ἐκεῖ πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ισραηλ28 Καὶ ἐγένετο τῇ ἐπαύριον ὡς συνῆλθεν ὁ λαὸς πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς ᾿Ιωακείμ, ἦλθον οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται πλήρεις τῆς ἀνόμου ἐννοίας κατὰ Σωσάννης τοῦ θανατῶσαι αὐτὴν καὶ εἶπαν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ λαοῦ·
29 καὶ ἀναστάντες οἱ δύο πρεσβύτεροι καὶ κριταὶ εἶπαν ἀποστείλατε ἐπὶ Σουσανναν θυγατέρα Χελκιου ἥτις ἐστὶ γυνὴ Ιωακιμ οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἐκάλεσαν αὐτήν 30 ὡς δὲ παρεγενήθη ἡ γυνὴ σὺν τῷ πατρὶ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τῇ μητρί καὶ οἱ παῖδες καὶ αἱ παιδίσκαι αὐτῆς ὄντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν πεντακόσιοι παρεγένοντο καὶ τὰ παιδία Σουσαννας τέσσαρα29 ἀποστείλατε ἐπὶ Σωσάνναν θυγατέρα Χελκίου, ἥ ἐστι γυνὴ ᾿Ιωακείμ· οἱ δὲ ἀπέστειλαν. 30 καὶ ἦλθεν αὐτὴ καὶ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς καὶ πάντες οἱ συγγενεῖς αὐτῆς·
31 ἦν δὲ ἡ γυνὴ τρυφερὰ σφόδρα31 ἡ δὲ Σωσάννα ἦν τρυφερὰ σφόδρα καὶ καλὴ τῷ εἴδει.
32 καὶ προσέταξαν οἱ παράνομοι ἀποκαλύψαι αὐτήν ἵνα ἐμπλησθῶσι κάλλους ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῆς32 οἱ δὲ παράνομοι ἐκέλευσαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτήν, ἦν γὰρ κατακεκαλυμμένη, ὅπως ἐμπλησθῶσι τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς·
33 καὶ ἐκλαίοσαν οἱ παρ’ αὐτῆς πάντες καὶ ὅσοι αὐτὴν ᾔδεισαν πάντες33 ἔκλαιον δὲ οἱ παρ’ αὐτῆς καὶ πάντες οἱ ἰδόντες αὐτήν.
34 ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ κριταὶ ἐπέθηκαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς34 ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ δύο πρεσβῦται ἐν μέσῳ τῷ λαῷ ἔθηκαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς·
35 δὲ καρδία αὐτῆςπεποίθει ἐπὶ κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ αὐτῆς καὶ ἀνακύψασα ἔκλαυσεν ἐν ἑαυτῇ λέγουσα35 ἡ δὲ κλαίουσα ἀνέβλεψεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, ὅτι ἦν ἡ καρδία αὐτῆς πεποιθυῖα ἐπὶ τῷ Κυρίῳ.
35a κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ αἰώνιος ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν σὺ οἶδας ὅτι οὐκ ἐποίησαπονηρεύονται οἱ ἄνομοι οὗτοι ἐπ’ ἐμοκαὶ εἰσήκουσε κύριος τῆς δεήσεως αὐτῆς[42 ἀνεβόησε δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Σωσάννα καὶ εἶπεν· ὁ Θεὸς ὁ αἰώνιος ὁ τῶν κρυπτῶν γνώστης, ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, 43 σὺ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι ψευδῆ μου κατεμαρτύρησαν· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀποθνήσκω μὴ ποιήσασα μηδὲν ὧν οὗτοι ἐπονηρεύσαντο κατ’ ἐμοῦ. 44 Καὶ εἰσήκουσε Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῆς.]
36 οἱ δὲ δύο πρεσβύτεροι εἶπαν ἡμεῖς περιεπατοῦμεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς36 εἶπον δὲ οἱ πρεσβῦται· περιπατούντων ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ μόνων, εἰσῆλθεν αὕτη μετὰ δύο παιδισκῶν καὶ ἀπέκλεισε τὰς θύρας τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ ἀπέλυσε τὰς παιδίσκας·
37 καὶ κυκλοῦντες τὸ στάδιον εἴδομεν ταύτην ἀναπαυομένην μετὰ ἀνδρὸς καὶ στάντες ἐθεωροῦμεν αὐτοὺς ὁμιλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις 38 καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ ᾔδεισαν ὅτι εἱστήκειμεν τότε συνειπάμεθα ἀλλήλοις λέγοντες μάθωμεν τίνες εἰσὶν οὗτοι 39 καὶ προσελθόντες ἐπέγνωμεν αὐτήν ὁ δὲ νεανίσκος ἔφυγε συγκεκαλυμμένος37 καὶ ἦλθε πρὸς αὐτὴν νεανίσκος, ὃς ἦν κεκρυμμένος, καὶ ἀνέπεσε μετ’ αὐτῆς. 38 ἡμεῖς δὲ ὄντες ἐν τῇ γωνίᾳ τοῦ παραδείσου, ἰδόντες τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐδράμομεν ἐπ’ αὐτούς· καὶ ἰδόντες συγγινομένους αὐτούς, 39 ἐκείνου μὲν οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐγκρατεῖς γενέσθαι διὰ τὸ ἰσχύειν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀνοίξαντα τὰς θύρας ἐκπεπηδηκέναι,
40 ταύτης δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπηρωτῶμεν αὐτήν τίς ὁ ἄνθρωπος40 ταύτης δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενοι ἐπηρωτῶμεν τίς ἦν ὁ νεανίσκος,
41 καὶ οὐκ ἀπήγγειλεν ἡμῖν τίς ἦν ταῦτα μαρτυροῦμεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτοῖς ἡ συναγωγὴ πᾶσα ὡς πρεσβυτέρων ὄντων καὶ κριτῶν τοῦ λαοῦ41 καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἀγγεῖλαι ἡμῖν. ταῦτα μαρτυροῦμεν. καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτοῖς ἡ συναγωγὴ ὡς πρεσβυτέροις τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ κριταῖς καὶ κατέκριναν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν.
[35a κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ αἰώνιος ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν σὺ οἶδας ὅτι οὐκ ἐποίησαπονηρεύονται οἱ ἄνομοι οὗτοι ἐπ’ ἐμοκαὶ εἰσήκουσε κύριος τῆς δεήσεως αὐτῆς]42 ἀνεβόησε δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Σωσάννα καὶ εἶπεν· ὁ Θεὸς ὁ αἰώνιος ὁ τῶν κρυπτῶν γνώστης, ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, 43 σὺ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι ψευδῆ μου κατεμαρτύρησαν· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀποθνήσκω μὴ ποιήσασα μηδὲν ὧν οὗτοι ἐπονηρεύσαντο κατ’ ἐμοῦ. 44 Καὶ εἰσήκουσε Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῆς.
45 καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐκείνης ἐξαγομένης ἀπολέσθαι καὶ ἔδωκεν ὁ ἄγγελος καθὼς προσετάγη πνεῦμα συνέσεως νεωτέρῳ ὄντι Δανιηλ45 καὶ ἀπαγομένης αὐτῆς ἀπολέσθαι, ὁ Θεὸς ἐξήγειρε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον παιδαρίου νεωτέρου, ᾧ ὄνομα Δανιήλ, 46 καὶ ἐβόησε φωνῇ μεγάλῃ· ἀθῷος ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος ταύτης. 47 ἐπέστρεψε δὲ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπαν· τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὃν σὺ λελάληκας;
48 διαστείλας δὲ Δανιηλ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ στὰς ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν οὕτως μωροί υἱοὶ Ισραηλ οὐκ ἀνακρίναντες οὐδὲ τὸ σαφὲς ἐπιγνόντες ἀπεκρίνατε θυγατέρα Ισραηλ48 ὁ δὲ στὰς ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν· οὕτως μωροὶ οἱ υἱοὶ ᾿Ισραήλ; οὐκ ἀνακρίναντες οὐδὲ τὸ σαφὲς ἐπιγνόντες κατεκρίνατε θυγατέρα ᾿Ισραήλ; 49 ἀναστρέψατε εἰς τὸ κριτήριον· ψευδῆ γὰρ οὗτοι κατεμαρτύρησαν αὐτῆς. 50 καὶ ἀνέστρεψε πᾶς ὁ λαὸς μετὰ σπουδῆς. καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι· δεῦρο κάθισον ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀνάγγειλον ἡμῖν, ὅτι σοὶ δέδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ πρεσβεῖον.
51 καὶ νῦν διαχωρίσατέ μοι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων μακράν ἵνα ἐτάσω αὐτούς51 καὶ εἶπε πρὸς αὐτοὺς Δανιήλ· διαχωρίσατε αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων μακράν, καὶ ἀνακρινῶ αὐτούς.
52 ὡς δὲ διεχωρίσθησαν εἶπεν Δανιηλ τῇ συναγωγῇ νῦν μὴ βλέψητε ὅτι οὗτοί εἰσι πρεσβύτεροι λέγοντες οὐ μὴ ψεύσωνται ἀλλὰ ἀνακρινῶ αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὰ ὑποπίπτοντά μοι. και έκάλεσε τὸν ἕνα αὐτῶν, και προσήγαγον τὸν πρεσβύτερον τω νεωτέρῷ, καὶ εἶπεν αύτῶ Δανιηλ Ἄκουε ἄκουε, πεπαλαιωμένε ἡμερῶν κακῶν • νῦν ἥκασί σου αί άμαρτίαι, ἃς ἐποίεις τὸ πρότερον 52 ὡς δὲ διεχωρίσθησαν εἷς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνός, ἐκάλεσε τὸν ἕνα αὐτῶν καὶ εἶπε πρὸς αὐτόν· πεπαλαιωμένε ἡμερῶν κακῶν, νῦν ἥκασιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἃς ἐποίεις τὸ πρότερον
53 πιστευθεὶς ἀκούειν καὶ κρίνειν κρίσεις θάνατον ἐπιφερούσας καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀθῷον κατέκρινας τοὺς δὲ ἐνόχους ἠφίεις τοῦ κυρίου λέγοντος ἀθῷον καὶ δίκαιον οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖς53 κρίνων κρίσεις ἀδίκους καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀθῴους κατακρίνων, ἀπολύων δὲ τοὺς αἰτίους, λέγοντος τοῦ Κυρίου· ἀθῷον καὶ δίκαιον οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖς·
54 νῦν οὖν ὑπὸ τί δένδρον καὶ ποταπῷ τοῦ παραδείσου τόπῳ ἑώρακας αὐτοὺς ὄντας σὺν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ἀσεβής ὑπὸ σχῖνον54 νῦν οὖν ταύτην εἴπερ εἶδες, εἰπόν· ὑπὸ τί δένδρον εἶδες αὐτοὺς ὁμιλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ὑπὸ σχῖνον.
55 εἶπεν δὲ ὁ νεώτερος ὀρθῶς ἔψευσαι εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ ψυχήν ὁ γὰρ ἄγγελος κυρίου σχίσει σου τὴν ψυχὴν σήμερον55 εἶπε δὲ Δανιήλ· ὀρθῶς ἔψευσαι εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ κεφαλήν· ἤδη γὰρ ἄγγελος Θεοῦ λαβὼν φάσιν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ σχίσει σε μέσον.
56 καὶ τοῦτον μεταστήσας εἶπε προσαγαγεῖν αὐτῷ τὸν ἕτερον καὶ τούτῳ δὲ εἶπεν διὰ τί διεστραμμένον τὸ σπέρμα σου ὡς Σιδῶνος καὶ οὐχ ὡς Ιουδα τὸ κάλλος σεπάτησεν ἡ μιαρὰ ἐπιθυμία56 καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσε προσαγαγεῖν τὸν ἕτερον· καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· σπέρμα Χαναὰν καὶ οὐκ ᾿Ιούδα, τὸ κάλλος ἐξηπάτησσε, καὶ ἐπιθυμία διέστρεψε τὴν καρδίαν σου·
57 καὶ οὕτως ἐποιεῖτε θυγατράσιν Ισραηλ καὶ ἐκεῖναι φοβούμεναι ὡμιλοῦσαν ὑμῖν ἀλλ’ οὐ θυγάτηρ Ιουδα ὑπέμεινε τὴν νόσον ὑμῶν ἐν ἀνομίᾳ ὑπενεγκεῖν57 οὕτως ἐποιεῖτε θυγατράσιν ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ ἐκεῖναι φοβούμεναι ὡμίλουν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ οὐ θυγάτηρ ᾿Ιούδα ὑπέμεινε τὴν ἀνομίαν ὑμῶν.
58 νῦν οὖν λέγε μοι ὑπὸ τί δένδρον καὶ ἐν ποίῳ τοῦ κήπου τόπῳ κατέλαβες αὐτοὺς ὁμιλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὑπὸ πρῖνον58 νῦν οὖν λέγε μοι· ὑπὸ τί δένδρον κατέλαβες αὐτοὺς ὁμιλοῦντας ἀλλήλοις; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ὑπὸ πρῖνον.
59 καὶ εἶπεν Δανιηλ ἁμαρτωλέ νῦν ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἕστηκεν ἔχων ἕως ὁ λαὸς ἐξολεθρεύσει ὑμᾶς ἵνα καταπρίσῃ σε59 εἶπε δὲ αὐτῷ Δανιήλ· ὀρθῶς ἔψευσαι καὶ σὺ εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ κεφαλήν· μένει γὰρ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἔχων πρίσαι σε μέσον, ὅπως ἐξολοθρεύσὑμᾶς.
60-62 καὶ πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ ἀνεβόησεν ἐπὶ τῷ νεωτέρῳ ὡς ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου στόματος ὁμολόγους αὐτοὺς κατέστησεν ἀμφοτέρους ψευδομάρτυρας καὶ ὡς ὁ νόμος διαγορεύει ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς καθὼς ἐπονηρεύσαντο κατὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς καὶ ἐφίμωσαν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες ἔρριψαν εἰς φάραγγα τότε ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἔρριψε πῦρ διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσώθη αἷμα ἀναίτιον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ60 καὶ ἀνεβόησε πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εὐλόγησαν τῷ Θεῷ τῷ σώζοντι τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν. 61 καὶ ἀνέστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς δύο πρεσβύτας, ὅτι συνέστησεν αὐτοὺς Δανιὴλ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν ψευδομαρτυρήσαντας, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὃν τρόπον ἐπονηρεύσαντο τῷ πλησίον, 62 ποιῆσαι κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωυσῆ, καὶ ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς· καὶ ἐσώθη αἷμα ἀναίτιον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ.
63 διὰ τοῦτο οἱ νεώτεροι ἀγαπητοὶ Ιακωβ ἐν τῇ ἁπλότητι αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμεῖς φυλασσώμεθα εἰς υἱοὺς δυνατοὺς νεωτέρους εὐσεβήσουσι γὰρ νεώτεροι καὶ ἔσται ἐν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα ἐπιστήμης καὶ συνέσεως εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος63 Χελκίας δὲ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ᾔνεσαν τὸν Θεὸν περὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῶν μετὰ ᾿Ιωακεὶμ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν συγγενῶν πάντων, ὅτι οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν αὐτῇ ἄσχημον πρᾶγμα. 64 καὶ Δανιὴλ ἐγένετο μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ἐπέκεινα.

Translation from the Septuagint (Old Greek)Translation from Theodotion
 1 There was a man living in Babylon whose name was Ioakim. 2 He married the daughter of Hilkiah, named Susanna, a very beautiful woman and one who feared the Lord. 3 Her parents were righteous, and had trained their daughter according to the law of Moses. 4 Ioakim was very rich, and had a fine garden adjoining his house; the Jews used to come to him because he was the most honored of them all.
5...concerning whom the Master had said: Lawlessness came forth from Babylon, from elders who were judges, who were supposed to govern the people.5 That year two elders from the people were appointed as judges. Concerning them the Master had said: "Wickedness came forth from Babylon, from elders who were judges, who were supposed to govern the people."
6 And cases from other cities would come to them.6 These men were frequently at Ioakim's house, and all who had a case to be tried came to them there.
7 These men, when they saw a woman - elegant in appearance, wife of their brother, one of the sons of Israel, named Susanna daughter of Chelkias, wife of Ioakim - walking about in her husband's orchard,7 When the people left at noon, Susanna would walk about in her husband's orchard.
8 and since they lusted after her8 Every day the two elders used to see her, going in and walking about, and they began to lust for her.
9 they diverted their mind and turned away their eyes in order not to look to heaven nor to remember to make right decisions.9 they diverted their mind and turned away their eyes in order not to look to heaven nor to remember to make right decisions.
10 But both were transfixed by her, but one to the other pretended the opposite to the evil that possessed them because of her (nor did the woman know of this matter).10 But both were transfixed by her, but they did not tell each other of their distress, 11 for they were ashamed to disclose their lustful desire to seduce her.
12 And as soon as dawn would break, they would come and cheat one another, being anxious who should appear to her first and should speak to her. 13 And lo, according to her custom, she was walking around. And the one elder had already come, and lo, the other arrived, and one questioned the other saying, "Why did you come out so early in the morning and not take me along?"12 Day after day they watched eagerly to see her. 13 One day they said to each other, "Let us go home, for it is time for lunch." So they both left and parted from each other.
14 And they acknowledged to one another each his distress.14 But turning back, they met again; and when each pressed the other for the reason, they acknowledged their lust. Then together they arranged for a time when they could find her alone. 15 Once, while they were watching for an opportune day, she went in as before with only two maids, and wished to bathe in the garden, for it was a hot day. 16 No one was there except the two elders, who had hidden themselves and were watching her. 17 She said to her maids, "Bring me olive oil and ointments, and shut the garden doors so that I can bathe." 18 They did as she told them: they shut the doors of the garden and went out by the side doors to bring what they had been commanded; they did not see the elders, because they were hiding.
19 And one said to the other, "Let us go to her!" So having agreed, they approached her and tried to force her.19 When the maids had gone out, the two elders got up and ran to her. 20 They said, "Look, the garden doors are shut, and no one can see us. We are burning with desire for you; so give your consent, and lie with us. 21 If you refuse, we will testify against you that a young man was with you, and this was why you sent your maids away."
22 And the Judean lady said to them, "I know at if I do it, it is death for me, and if I do not, I will not escape your hands.22 Susanna groaned and said, "I am completely trapped. For if I do it, it is death for me, and if I do not, I will not escape your hands.
23 But it would be better for me to fall into your hands by not doing it than to sin before the Lord."23 It is preferable for me to fall into your hands by not doing it than to sin before the Lord" 24 Then Susanna cried out with a loud voice, and the two elders shouted against her. 25 And one of them ran and opened the garden doors. 26 When the people in the house heard the shouting in the garden, they rushed in at the side door to see what had happened to her. 27 And when the elders told their story, the servants felt very much ashamed, for nothing like this had ever been said about Susanna.
28 So the scoundrels turned away, uttering threats among themselves and lay in ambush so that they might have her put to death. And when they came to the city assembly, where they sojourned, all the sons of Israel who were there deliberated.28 The next day, when the people gathered at the house of her husband Ioakim, the two elders came, full of their wicked plot to have Susanna put to death. In the presence of the people they said,
29 And when the two elders and judges stood up they said, "Send for Susanna daughter of Chelkias, who is the wife of Ioakim." So they immediately summoned her.29 "Send for Susanna daughter of Hilkiah, the wife of Ioakim."
30 Now, when the woman arrived with her own father and mother, even her servants and maids who numbered five hundred) came and Susanna's four children.30 So they sent for her. And she came with her parents, her children, and all her relatives.
31 Now the woman was very refined.31 Now Susanna was very refined and beautiful in appearance.
32 And the scoundrels ordered to uncover her in order that they could be sated with lust for her beauty.32 Then the scoundrels commanded that she be uncovered (for she was veiled) so that they could be sated with her beauty.
33 And all those who were with her and all who knew her wept.33 But those who were with her and all who saw her began weeping.
  
34 Then after the elders and judges stood up, they placed their hands on her head.34 Then after the two elders stood up before the people, they put their hands on her head.
35 But her heart trusted in the Lord, her God, and when she lifted her head, she wept, saying to herself,35 But she, while crying, looked up to heaven, because her heart trusted in the Lord.
35a "O Lord, everlasting God, you who know all things before their beginning, you know that I have not done what these men are maliciously alleging against me." And the Lord heeded her supplication.[ 42 Then Susanna cried out with a loud voice, and said, "O everlasting God, you who know all things before their beginning, 43 you understand that they have testified lies against me. And lo, I will die, though I have done nothing that they have maliciously alleged against me!" And the Lord heeded her voice. ]
36 Then the two elders said, "We were walking around in her husband's orchard,36 Then the elders said, "While we were walking in the orchard alone, this woman came in with two maids and shut the orchard doors and dismissed the maids.
37 and as we were going around the walk, we saw this woman resting with a man. And while we stood, we saw them having intercourse together. 38 And they did not know that we stood there. Then we agreed together, saying, 'Let's find out who they are'.37 And a young man, who was hiding there, came to her and lay with her. 38 We were in a corner of the garden, and when we saw this wickedness we ran to them.
39 And as we approached we recognized her, but the young man fled, covered over.39 Although we saw them embracing, we could not hold the man, because he was stronger than we, and he opened the doors and got away.
40 But when we had seized this woman, we asked her, 'Who is the man?'40 But when we had seized this woman, we asked who the young man was,
41 but she would not tell us who he was. These things we testify." And as they were elders and judges of the people, the whole assembly believed them.41 and she did not want to tell us. These things we testify." And as they were elders of the people and judges, the assembly believed them, and they condemned her to death.
  
[ 35a "O Lord, everlasting God, you who know all things before their beginning, you know that I have not done what these men are maliciously alleging against me." And the Lord heeded her supplication. ]42 Then Susanna cried out with a loud voice, and said, "O everlasting God, you who know all things before their beginning, 43 you understand that they have testified lies against me. And lo, I will die, though I have done nothing that they have maliciously alleged against me!" And the Lord heeded her voice.
44-45 And lo, there was an angel of the Lord as she was being taken off to be executed. And the angel, just as be was ordered, gave a spirit of understanding to a youth, being Daniel.45 And as she was being led away to be executed, God awakened the holy spirit of a young lad whose name was Daniel, 46 and he shouted with a loud voice, "I want no part in shedding this woman's blood!"
  
 47 All the people turned to him and asked, "What is this you are saying?"
48 Then Daniel parted the crowd, and after he stood among them, he said, "Are you such fools, O sons of Israel? Without examining nor learning the plain, truth, do you kill a daughter of Israel?48 So he, as he stood among them said, "Are you such fools, O sons of Israel? Without examining nor learning the plan truth, do you condemn a daughter of Israel? 49 Return to court, for these men have given false evidence against her." 50 So all the people hurried back. And the rest of the elders said to him, "Come, sit among us and inform us, for God has given you the standing of an elder."
51 And now separate them far from one another for me so that I can test them." 51a So when they were separated, Daniel said to the assembly, 'Now, have no regard that they are elders, saying, They would never lie!' But I will examine them according to what occurs to me."51 And Daniel said to them, "Separate them far from one another, and I will examine them." 52a So when they were separated one from the one,
52 And he summoned one of them, and they brought the elder to the youth and Daniel to him, "Hear! Hear! You that have grown aged in wicked days, your sins have now come, which you have committed formerly;52b he summoned one of them and said to him, "You that have grown aged in wicked days, your sins have now come, which you have committed formerly,
53 when you were entrusted to hear and to judge cases carrying a death sentence and you condemned the innocent while you were acquitting the guilty though the Lord says, 'You shall not kill an innocent and righteous person.'53 when you judged unjust cases, and condemning the innocent, while releasing those responsible, though the Lord says, 'You shall not kill an innocent and righteous person.'
54 Now, therefore, under what tree and at what sort of place of the orchard did you see them with one another?" And the impious one said, "Under a mastich."54 Now therefore, if you really saw this woman, tell: Under what tree did you see them having intercourse together?" Then he said, "Under a mastich."
55 Then the youth said, "Truly you have lied to the detriment of your own soul, for this very day the angel of the Lord will split your soul."55 Then Daniel said, "Truly you have lied to the detriment of your own head, for already as the angel of God receives the sentence from God he will split you in two."
56 And after he had this one removed, he told them to bring the other to him. Then he also said to that one, "Why is your seed twisted, like that of Sidon, and not like that of Iouda? Beauty has deceived you [or paltry lust].56 And after he had him removed, he ordered them to bring the other. And he said to him, "O seed of Chanaan and not Iouda, beauty has beguiled you, and lust has twisted your heart.
57 And thus you used to treat the daughters of Israel, and they, being afraid, would have intercourse with you, but a daughter of Iouda did not tolerate bearing your sickness in lawlessness.57 Thus you used to treat the daughters of Israel, and they, being afraid, would have intercourse with you, but a daughter of Iouda did not tolerate your lawlessness.
58 Now, therefore, tell me: Under what tree and in what place of the garden did you catch them having intercourse together? Then, he said, "Under an evergreen oak."58 Now, therefore, tell me: Under what tree did you catch them having intercourse together?" Then, he said, "Under an evergreen oak."
59 And Daniel said, "Sinner! Now, the angel of the Lord stands with the sword until the people destroy you so that he may saw you in pieces."59 Then Daniel said to him, "Truly you also have lied to the detriment of your own head, for the angel of God is waiting with the sword to saw you in two so as to destroy you."
60-62 And the whole assembly shouted for the youth, how out of their own mouths he had established them both as false witnesses by their own admission. And as the law states explicitly, they did to them just as they had wickedly intended against their sister. And they silenced them and took them away and threw them into a ravine. Then the angel of the Lord threw fire in their midst. And guiltless blood was saved that day.60 And the whole assembly shouted with a loud voice and blessed the God who saves those who hope in him. 61 And they rose up against the two elders, because Daniel had implicated them out of their own muth that as false witnesses, and they did to them what they had wickedly intended to the neighbor, 62 by doing to them according to the law of Moyses, and they killed them. And guiltless blood was saved that day.
  
63 For this reason youths are beloved by Iakob, because of their simplicity. And as for us, let us watch out for young able sons. For youths will be pious, and a spirit of knowledge and understanding shall be with them forever and ever.63 Hilkiah and his wife praised God for their daughter Susanna, and so did her husband Ioakim and all her relatives, because she was found innocent of a shameful deed. 64 And from that day onward Daniel had a great reputation among the people.

Babylonian empire in the 6th century BC

Babylonian Empire (605 to 538 BC) at its peak

Persian Empire in the 6th century BC

Persian Empire (550 to 330 BC) at its peak

(click on the map to enlarge)